Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1000 User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ronde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Measuring Instruments
  5. R&S FPL1000
  6. User manual

Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1000 User Manual

Spectrum analyzer
Hide thumbs Also See for R&S FPL1000:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
®
R&S
FPL1000
Spectrum Analyzer
User Manual
(;ÜQÔ2)
1178337002

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the R&S FPL1000 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1000

Summary of Contents for Ronde & Schwarz R&S FPL1000

  • Page 1 ® R&S FPL1000 Spectrum Analyzer User Manual (;ÜQÔ2) 1178337002...
  • Page 2 ® This manual applies to the following R&S FPL1000 models with firmware version 1.60 and later: ● ® R&S FPL1003 (1304.0004K03) - FPL1000 with maximum frequency 3 GHz ● ® R&S FPL1007 (1304.0004K07) - FPL1000 with maximum frequency 7.5 GHz In addition to the base unit, the following options are described: ●...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    ® Contents R&S FPL1000 Contents 1 Preface....................7 Key Features........................7 2 Safety and Regulatory Information............8 Safety Instructions......................8 Labels on R&S FPL1000..................... 11 Korea Certification Class A..................12 3 Documentation-Overview..............13 Getting Started Manual....................13 User Manuals and Help....................13 Service Manual......................13 Instrument Security Procedures................14 Basic Safety Instructions...................
  • Page 4 ® Contents R&S FPL1000 7 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements)........ 94 Configuration Overview....................94 Measurements and Results..................96 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output..........275 Frequency and Span Configuration................ 301 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration............307 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration............316 Trigger and Gate Configuration................
  • Page 5 ® Contents R&S FPL1000 10.2 GPIB Languages....................... 577 10.3 Network and Remote Control Settings..............578 10.4 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control............591 11 Remote Commands................612 11.1 Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions..........612 11.2 Common Suffixes......................613 11.3 Common Commands....................
  • Page 6 ® Contents R&S FPL1000 14.5 Disposal........................1035 List of Commands (Spectrum mode)..........1037 Index....................1055 User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...

  • Page 7: Preface

    ® Preface R&S FPL1000 Key Features 1 Preface 1.1 Key Features The R&S FPL1000 sets standards in RF performance and usability. Outstanding key features are: One instrument for multiple applications ● Spectrum analysis ● Signal analysis of analog and digitally modulated signals ●...

  • Page 8: Safety And Regulatory Information

    ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Safety Instructions 2 Safety and Regulatory Information The product documentation helps you use the product safely and efficiently. Follow the instructions provided here and in the Chapter 2.1, "Safety Instructions", on page 8. Intended use The product is intended for the development, production and verification of electronic components and devices in industrial, administrative, and laboratory environments.
  • Page 9 ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Safety Instructions Choosing the operating site Only use the product indoors. The product casing is not waterproof. Water that enters can electrically connect the casing with live parts, which can lead to electric shock, serious personal injury or death if you touch the casing.
  • Page 10 ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Safety Instructions ● If the product needs an external power supply, use the power supply that is deliv- ered with the product or that is recommended in the product documentation or a power supply that conforms to the country-specific regulations. ●...

  • Page 11: Labels On R&S Fpl1000

    ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Labels on R&S FPL1000 ● Do not expose the battery to high temperatures such as open flames, hot surfaces and sunlight. ● Only use the battery with the designated Rohde & Schwarz product. ●...

  • Page 12: Korea Certification Class A

    ® Safety and Regulatory Information R&S FPL1000 Korea Certification Class A 2.3 Korea Certification Class A 이 기기는 업무용(A급) 전자파 적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며, 가정외의 지역에서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...

  • Page 13: Documentation-Overview

    ® Documentation-Overview R&S FPL1000 Service Manual 3 Documentation-Overview This section provides an overview of the R&S FPL1000 user documentation. Unless specified otherwise, you find the documents on the R&S FPL1000 product page at: www.rohde-schwarz.com/manual/FPL1000 3.1 Getting Started Manual Introduces the R&S FPL1000 and describes how to set up and start working with the product.

  • Page 14: Instrument Security Procedures

    ® Documentation-Overview R&S FPL1000 Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com 3.4 Instrument Security Procedures Deals with security issues when working with the R&S FPL1000 in secure areas. It is available for download on the Internet. 3.5 Basic Safety Instructions Contains safety instructions, operating conditions and further important information.

  • Page 15: Calibration Certificate

    ® Documentation-Overview R&S FPL1000 Calibration Certificate 3.9 Calibration Certificate The document is available on https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com/calcert. You need the device ID of your instrument, which you can find on a label on the rear panel. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...

  • Page 16: Welcome To The R&S Fpl1000

    ® Welcome to the R&S FPL1000 R&S FPL1000 4 Welcome to the R&S FPL1000 The R&S FPL1000 is a new Rohde & Schwarz signal and spectrum analyzer devel- oped to meet demanding customer requirements. Offering low phase noise, wide analysis bandwidth and straightforward and intuitive operation, the analyzer makes measurements fast and easy.

  • Page 17: Getting Started

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 5 Getting Started 5.1 Preparing for Use This chapter describes the basic steps to be taken when setting up the product for the first time. ● Lifting and Carrying....................17 ● Unpacking and Checking..................
  • Page 18 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 5.1.3 Choosing the Operating Site Specific operating conditions ensure accurate measurements and avoid damage to the product and connected devices. For information on environmental conditions such as ambient temperature and humidity, see the data sheet. See also "Choosing the operating site"...
  • Page 19 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use As an alternative, you can mount several products in a rack. 4. NOTICE! Overheating can damage the product. Prevent overheating as follows: ● Keep a minimum distance of 10 cm between the fan openings of the product and any object in the vicinity.
  • Page 20 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 3. If placing the R&S FPL1000 on a bench top again, unmount the adapter kit from the R&S FPL1000. Follow the instructions provided with the adapter kit. 5.1.4.3 Portable Operation An optional carrying bag designed specifically for the R&S FPL1000 allows you to pro- tect the instrument while working in the field.
  • Page 21 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use ● The R&S FPL1000 allows for battery operation if option R&S FPL1-B31 is installed. 5.1.5.1 Connecting the AC Power The R&S FPL1000 can be used with different AC power voltages and adapts itself automatically to it.
  • Page 22 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 5.1.5.3 Optional Battery Pack (R&S FPL1-B31) As an alternative to the fixed AC or DC power supply, the R&S FPL1000 also allows for battery operation. The "Battery Pack" option R&S FPL1-B31 comprises two Li-ion bat- teries and an internal charger.
  • Page 23 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use However, it is not recommended to operate the R&S FPL1000 with only one battery for a longer period. 5.1.6 Switching On or Off Table 5-1: Overview of power states Status LED on Power key Position of main power switch gray Standby...
  • Page 24 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 2. Disconnect the R&S FPL1000 from the power source. 5.1.7 Connecting to LAN You can connect the instrument to a LAN for remote operation via a PC. For details on the connector, see Chapter 5.2.2.7, "LAN", on page 39.
  • Page 25 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use However, you can also connect foreign language keyboards; currently the following languages are supported for the R&S FPL1000: ● German ● Swiss ● French ● Russian To configure the keyboard language 1. To access the Windows operating system, press the Windows key on the external keyboard.
  • Page 26 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 5. If necessary, change the screen resolution. Consider the information in the note above. 6. Select the instrument for display: ● "Display 1": internal monitor only ● "Display 2": external monitor only ●...
  • Page 27 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use 3. In the Windows task bar, search for "tablet" and select "Tablet PC Settings" 4. In the "Tablet PC Settings" dialog, select "Setup…". Enter the administrator pass- word to proceed. Observe the message "Touch this screen to identify it as the touchscreen" on the internal touch screen.
  • Page 28 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use For required settings, refer to the Windows documentation and to the hardware description. 5.1.10.1 Service Packs and Updates Microsoft regularly creates security updates and other patches to protect Windows- based operating systems. These are released through the Microsoft Update website and associated update server.
  • Page 29 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Preparing for Use The "Login" dialog box is displayed, in which you can enter the different user account name and password. 5.1.12 Checking the Supplied Options The instrument can be equipped with both hardware and firmware options. To check whether the installed options correspond to the options indicated on the delivery note, proceed as follows.

  • Page 30: Instrument Tour

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 5.1.14 Considerations for Test Setup Cable selection and electromagnetic interference (EMI) Electromagnetic interference (EMI) can affect the measurement results. To suppress electromagnetic radiation during operation: ● Use high-quality shielded cables, for example, double-shielded RF and LAN cables.
  • Page 31 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Figure 5-1: Front panel view of R&S FPL1000 1 = Power key 2 = USB (2.0) connectors 3 = System keys 4 = Touchscreen 5 = Function keys 6 = Keypad 7 = Navigation controls 8 = RF input 50 Ω...
  • Page 32 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Figure 5-2: Touchscreen elements 1 = Toolbar with standard application functions, e.g. print, save/open file etc. 2 = Tabs for individual channel setups 3 = Softkeys for function access 4 = Channel Setup bar for firmware and measurement settings 5 = Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information 6 = Measurement results area 7 = Diagram footer with diagram-specific information, depending on application...
  • Page 33 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 5.2.1.2 Power Key The [Power] key is located on the lower left corner of the front panel. It starts up and shuts down the instrument. See also "Connecting to power" on page 9 and Chapter 5.1.5, "Connecting to Power", on page 20.
  • Page 34 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour A detailed description of the corresponding functions is provided in the R&S FPL1000 user manual. Table 5-3: Function keys Function key Assigned functions [Freq] Sets the center frequency and the start and stop frequencies for the fre- quency range under consideration.
  • Page 35 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 5.2.1.6 Keypad The keypad is used to enter numeric parameters, including the corresponding units. It contains the following keys: Table 5-4: Keys on the keypad Type of key Description Decimal point Inserts a decimal point "." at the cursor position. Sign key Changes the sign of a numeric parameter.
  • Page 36 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour ● For markers, limit lines, and other graphical elements on the screen: moves their position ● For active scroll bars: moves the scroll bar vertically ● For dialog boxes: Acts like the [ENTER] key when pressed Navigation Keys The navigation keys can be used alternatively to the rotary knob to navigate through dialog boxes, diagrams or tables.
  • Page 37 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 14 15 Figure 5-3: Rear panel view 1+2 = Removable, rechargeable Li-ion batteries = DC power connector = AC power supply connection and main power switch with fuse = GPIB (IEC 625) interface = Reference clock connectors = Trigger input connector = "DVI"...
  • Page 38 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Description Plus Ground Not used If you use an external power supply unit to supply safety extra-low DC voltage (SELV) to the instrument, be sure to meet the requirements for reinforced/double insulation in accordance with DIN/EN/IEC 61010 (UL 3111, CSA C22.2 No.
  • Page 39 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Connector Reference signal Usage Ref. In 10 MHz To provide an external reference signal on the R&S FPL1000. 10 dBm Ref. Out 10 MHz To provide the internal reference signal from the R&S FPL1000 to another device continuously. 10 dBm For the R&S FPL1000, this is also used to provide the optional OCXO reference signal to another device.
  • Page 40 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour 5.2.2.8 The rear panel provides two additional female USB (3.0 standard) connectors to con- nect devices like a keyboard, a mouse or a memory stick (see also Chapter 5.2.2.8, "USB", on page 40). 5.2.2.9 Sensor Connector The LEMOSA female connector is used to connect power sensors of the R&S NRP-...
  • Page 41 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Instrument Tour Signal Description Ground 8 to 11 not used for spectrum analysis Ground +5 V / max. 250 mA Supply voltage for external circuits 14 to 19 I/O_<no.> Control lines for user ports (see user manual) Ground READY FOR TRIG- Signal indicating that the instrument is ready to receive a trigger...

  • Page 42: Trying Out The Instrument

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument This connector is only available if the R&S FPL1-B5 option is installed. Conventional noise sources require a voltage of +28 V to be switched on and 0 V to be switched off. The output supports a maximum load of 100 mA. 5.2.2.14 Device ID The unique device identifier is provided as a barcode sticker on the rear panel of the...
  • Page 43 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.1 Measuring a Basic Signal We will start out by measuring a basic signal, using the internal calibration signal as the input. To display the internal 50 MHz calibration signal 1. Press the [Preset] key to start out in a defined instrument configuration. 2.
  • Page 44 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument To optimize the display To optimize the display for the calibration signal, we will adjust the main measurement settings. 1. Set the center frequency to the calibration frequency: a) Tap the "Overview" softkey to display the configuration "Overview". b) Tap the "Frequency"...
  • Page 45 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument The SmartGrid mode is activated, and the evaluation bar with the available evalua- tion methods is displayed. Drag the "Spectrogram" icon from the evaluation bar to the diagram area. The blue area indicates that the new diagram would replace the previous spectrum display.
  • Page 46 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-7: Spectrogram of the calibration signal 5.3.3 Activating Additional Measurement Channels The R&S FPL1000 features multiple measurement channels, i.e. you can define sev- eral measurement configurations in parallel and then switch between the channel set- ups automatically to perform the measurements sequentially.
  • Page 47 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-8: Adding a new measurement channel 3. Change the frequency range for this spectrum display: In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 500 MHz and the span to 1 GHz.
  • Page 48 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 50 MHz and tap "Zero Span". 6. Increase the reference level so you can see the level of the calibration signal at 1 dBm.
  • Page 49 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument d) Drag the "Real/Imag (I/Q)" icon from the evaluation bar to the SmartGrid to replace the default "Magnitude" display. Figure 5-11: Inserting a Real/Imag diagram for I/Q analysis e) Close the SmartGrid mode. The "IQ Analyzer"...
  • Page 50 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-12: The "MultiView" tab 5.3.4 Performing Sequential Measurements Although only one measurement can be performed at any one time, the measurements configured in the active channel setups can be performed sequentially, that means: one after the other, automatically, either once or continuously.
  • Page 51 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-13: "MultiView" tab with active Sequencer Figure 5-13, the "Spectrum 2" measurement is currently active (indicated by the "channel active" icon in the tab label). 3. Stop the Sequencer by tapping the "Sequencer" softkey again. 5.3.5 Setting and Moving a Marker Markers are useful to determine the position of particular effects in the trace.
  • Page 52 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 6. Now you can move the marker by tapping and dragging it to a different position. The current position is indicated by a dotted blue line. Notice how the position and value change in the marker area of the diagram.
  • Page 53 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.6 Displaying a Marker Peak List The marker peak list determines the frequencies and levels of peaks in the spectrum automatically. We will display a marker peak list for the "Spectrum 2" measurement channel.
  • Page 54 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-14: Marker Peak List 5.3.7 Zooming into the Display To analyze the areas around the peak levels in more detail, we will zoom into the top 3 peaks. 1. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar. The icon is highlighted to indicate that multiple zoom mode is active.
  • Page 55 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-16: Zoomed display around a peak 3. In Figure 5-17, the enlarged peak is represented by a very thick trace. This is due to the insufficient number of sweep points. The missing sweep points for the zoomed display are interpolated, which provides poor results.
  • Page 56 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 4. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around markers M2, M3 and M4. Figure 5-18: Multiple zoom windows 5. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around marker M5.
  • Page 57 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-19: Enlarged zoom window 5.3.8 Saving Settings To restore the results of our measurements later, we will store the instrument settings to a file. To save the instrument settings to a file 1.
  • Page 58 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-20: Saving the instrument settings to a file 4. Tap the "Save" button. The file MyMultiViewSetup.dfl is stored in the default directory C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\Save. To load stored instrument settings You can restore the settings to the instrument at any time using the settings file. 1.
  • Page 59 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.9 Printing and Saving Results Finally, after a successful measurement, we will document our results. First we will export the numeric trace data, then we will create a screenshot of the graphical display. To export the trace data 1.

  • Page 60: Operating The Instrument

    ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 5.4 Operating the Instrument This chapter provides an overview on how to work with the R&S FPL1000. Remote control In addition to working with the R&S FPL1000 interactively, located directly at the instru- ment, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC.
  • Page 61 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument = Channel bar for firmware and measurement settings 2+3 = Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information = Diagram area with marker information = Diagram footer with diagram-specific information, depending on measurement application = Instrument status bar with error messages and date/time display Hiding elements in the display You can hide some of the elements in the display, for example the status bar or chan-...
  • Page 62 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument each channel, a separate tab is displayed on the screen. To switch from one channel display to another, simply select the corresponding tab. If many tabs are displayed, select the tab selection list icon at the right end of the chan- nel bar.
  • Page 63 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Channel-specific settings Beneath the channel name, information on channel-specific settings for the measure- ment is displayed in the channel bar. Channel information varies depending on the active application. In the Spectrum application, the R&S FPL1000 shows the following settings: Table 5-6: Channel settings displayed in the channel bar in the Spectrum application Ref Level Reference level...
  • Page 64 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument The following types of information are displayed, if applicable. Table 5-7: Common settings displayed in the channel bar The sweep is set to single sweep mode. Sweep Count The current signal count for measurement tasks that involve a specific number of subse- quent sweeps (see "Sweep Count"...
  • Page 65 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.1.2 Window Title Bar Each channel in the R&S FPL1000 display can contain several windows. Each window can display either a graph or a table as a result of the channel measurement. The win- dow title bar indicates which type of evaluation is displayed.
  • Page 66 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Marker information in diagram grid Within the diagram grid, the x-axis and y-axis positions of the last two markers or delta markers that were set are displayed, if available, as well as their index. The value in the square brackets after the index indicates the trace to which the marker is assigned.
  • Page 67 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Label Information Time per division (time domain display) Number of sweep points or (rounded) number of currently displayed points in zoom mode 5.4.1.5 Instrument and Status Information Global instrument settings and functions, the instrument status and any irregularities are indicated in the status bar beneath the diagram.
  • Page 68 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Table 5-8: Status bar information - color coding Color Type Description Error An error occurred at the start or during a measurement, e.g. due to missing data or wrong settings, so that the measurement cannot be started or com- pleted correctly.
  • Page 69 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.2.1 Toolbar Functions Standard functions can be performed via the icons in the toolbar at the top of the screen. You can hide the toolbar display, e.g. when using remote control, to enlarge the display area for the measurement results ("Setup"...
  • Page 70 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument The undo function is useful, for example, if you are performing a zero span measure- ment with several markers and a limit line defined and accidentally select a different measurement. In this case, many settings would be lost. However, if you press [UNDO] immediately afterwards, the previous status is retrieved, i.e.
  • Page 71 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Windows Displays the Windows "Start" menu and task bar. "To access the "Start" menu" on page 27. 5.4.2.2 Softkeys Softkeys are virtual keys provided by the software. Thus, more functions can be provi- ded than those that can be accessed directly via the function keys on the instrument.
  • Page 72 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.2.4 On-screen Keyboard The on-screen keyboard is an additional means of interacting with the instrument with- out having to connect an external keyboard. The on-screen keyboard display can be switched on and off as desired using the "On- Screen Keyboard"...
  • Page 73 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 5.4.3 Entering Data Data can be entered in dialog boxes using one of the following methods: ● Using the touchscreen, via the online keyboard ● Using other elements provided by the front panel, e.g. the keypad, rotary knob, or navigation keys The rotary knob acts like the [ENTER] key when it is pressed.
  • Page 74 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Correcting an entry 1. Using the arrow keys, move the cursor to the right of the entry you want to delete. 2. Press the [Backspace] key. The entry to the left of the cursor is deleted. 3.
  • Page 75 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Dragging Move your finger from one position to another on the display, keeping your finger on the display the whole time. By dragging your finger over a table or diagram you can pan the displayed area of the table or diagram to show results that were previously out of view.
  • Page 76 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Figure 5-24: Spreading Touch gestures in diagrams change measurement settings When you change the display using touch gestures, the corresponding measurement settings are adapted. This is different to selecting an area on the screen in zoom mode, where merely the resolution of the displayed trace points is changed temporarily (graphical zoom).
  • Page 77 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument Mouse operation Touch operation n.a. (Change hardware settings) Spread and pinch two fingers Mouse wheel to scroll up or down Swipe Dragging scrollbars to scroll up or down, left or right Swipe In (graphical) Zoom mode only: dragging the bor- Touch, then drag and release ders of the displayed rectangle to change its size...
  • Page 78 ® Getting Started R&S FPL1000 Operating the Instrument 2. Select the screen element to change the focus. A topic containing information about the selected (now focused) screen element is displayed. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...

  • Page 79: Applications, Measurement Channels, And Result Displays

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Available Applications 6 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays The R&S FPL1000 allows you to perform all sorts of different analysis tasks on differ- ent types of signals, e.g. Analog Demodulation, I/Q analysis or basic spectrum analy- sis.
  • Page 80 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Available Applications Spectrum........................80 Analyzer........................80 Analog Demod......................80 Noise Figure........................80 Vector Signal Analysis (VSA)..................80 Spectrum In the "Spectrum" application the provided functions correspond to those of a conven- tional spectrum analyzer. The analyzer measures the frequency spectrum of the RF input signal over the selected frequency range with the selected resolution and sweep time.

  • Page 81: R&S Multiview

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Defining Channel Setups 6.2 R&S MultiView Each application is displayed in a separate tab. If more than one application is active, an additional tab ("MultiView") provides an overview of all currently active channel set- ups at a glance.
  • Page 82 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Defining Channel Setups Switching between channel setups When you switch to a new channel setup, a set of parameters is passed on from the current channel setup to the new one: ●...

  • Page 83: Running A Sequence Of Measurements

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements New Channel Setup ← Defining a channel setup The application selected on this tab of the dialog box activates a new channel setup, i.e. a new tab in the display. Note: The channel setups are labeled with the application name.
  • Page 84 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements tively, a Sequencer function is provided, which changes the channel setup of the instru- ment as required. If activated, the measurements configured in the currently defined "Channel"s are performed one after the other in the order of the tabs.
  • Page 85 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements Example: Sequencer procedure Assume the following active channel setup definition: Tab name Application Sweep mode Sweep count Spectrum Spectrum Cont. Sweep Spectrum 2 Spectrum Single Sweep Spectrum 3 Spectrum Cont.
  • Page 86 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Running a Sequence of Measurements The "Single Sweep" and "Continuous Sweep" softkeys control the sweep mode for the currently selected channel setup only; the sweep mode only has an effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel setup, and only for a channel-defined sequence.

  • Page 87: Channel Setup Overview

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Channel Setup Overview 1. Configure a channel setup for each measurement configuration as required, includ- ing the sweep mode. 2. In the toolbar, select the "Sequencer" icon. The "Sequencer" menu is displayed. 3.

  • Page 88: Configuring Result Displays

    ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Using this overview, you can easily configure an entire channel setup from input over processing to output and analysis by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated. Chapter 7, "The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements)", on page 94 for details on configuration.
  • Page 89 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Principally, the layout of the windows on the screen is based on an underlying grid, the SmartGrid. However, the SmartGrid is dynamic and flexible, allowing for many different layout possibilities.
  • Page 90 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Figure 6-1: Moving a window in SmartGrid mode The brown area indicates the possible "drop area" for the window, i.e. the area in which the window can be placed. A blue area indicates the (approximate) layout of the win- dow as it would be if the icon were dropped at the current position.
  • Page 91 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays SmartGrid functions Once the evaluation icon has been dropped, icons in each window provide delete and move functions. The "Move" icon allows you to move the position of the window, possibly changing the size and position of the other displayed windows.
  • Page 92 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays "How to Arrange the Result Windows", on page 92 for more information on posi- tioning the window). Remote command: on page 750 / on page 754 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? LAYout:WINDow<n>:ADD? 6.6.1.4 How to Close a Result Window ►...
  • Page 93 ® Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays R&S FPL1000 Configuring Result Displays Remote command: on page 752 / LAYout:REPLace[:WINDow] LAYout:WINDow<n>:REPLace on page 755 6.6.2 Changing the Size of Windows Each channel setup tab may contain several windows to evaluate the measurement results using different methods.

  • Page 94: The Spectrum Application (Rf Measurements)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Configuration Overview 7 The Spectrum Application (RF Measure- ments) The Spectrum application provides basic RF measurements in the frequency and time domain. The common settings for these measurements are described here. ● Configuration Overview...................94 ●...
  • Page 95 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Configuration Overview Using this overview, you can easily configure an entire channel setup from input over processing to output and analysis by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated. In particular, the "Overview" provides quick access to the following configuration dialog boxes (listed in the recommended order of processing): 1.

  • Page 96: Measurements And Results

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2 Measurements and Results Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" Or: [MEAS] In the Spectrum application, the R&S FPL1000 provides a variety of different measure- ment functions. ● Basic measurements - measure the spectrum of your signal or watch your signal in time domain ●...
  • Page 97 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF)............... 212 ● Time Domain Power Measurement...............226 ● Harmonic Distortion Measurement................231 ● Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement............237 ● AM Modulation Depth Measurement..............247 ● Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Measurement..........
  • Page 98 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Most result evaluations can also be used for zero span measurements, although some functions (e.g. markers) may work slightly differently and some may not be available. If so, this will be indicated in the function descriptions (see Chapter 7.2.2, "Basic Evalua- tion Methods",...
  • Page 99 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6. To start the measurement, select one of the following: ● [RUN SINGLE] key ● "Single Sweep" softkey in the "Sweep" menu The defined number of sweeps are performed, then the measurement is stopped. While the measurement is running, the [RUN SINGLE] key is highlighted.
  • Page 100 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Table 7-1: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 128 MHz Level -30 dBm ● Measuring the Level and Frequency Using Markers..........100 ● Measuring the Signal Frequency Using the Signal Counter.........
  • Page 101 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Reducing the frequency span to 10 kHz ► Reduce the frequency span to 10 kHz. The resolution of the trace is now approximately 10 Hz (10 kHz span / 1001 trace points), thus, the precision of the marker frequency display increases to approxi- mately ±5 Hz.
  • Page 102 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Prerequisite Precise frequency measurements require a precise reference frequency. Therefore, an external reference frequency from the signal generator is used. Connect the signal generator's "Ref OUT" connector to the analyzer's "Ref IN" connector. 1.
  • Page 103 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results This measurement example shows the different factors influencing the S/N ratio. Table 7-2: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 128 MHz Level -95 dBm 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2.
  • Page 104 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-2: RF sine wave signal with low S/N ratio with an averaged trace 6. Instead of trace averaging, you can select a video filter that is narrower than the resolution bandwidth.
  • Page 105 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The displayed noise is reduced by approximately 10 dB. The signal, therefore, emerges from noise by about 10 dB. Compared to the previous setting, the video bandwidth has remained the same, i.e. it has increased relative to the smaller reso- lution bandwidth.
  • Page 106 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In this measurement example we will analyze two signals with a level of -30 dBm each and a frequency spacing of 30 kHz. Figure 7-5: Test setup Table 7-3: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Level Frequency Signal generator 1...
  • Page 107 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-6: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with the resolution band- width which corresponds to the frequency spacing of the signals Matching generator and R&S FPL1000 frequencies The level drop is located exactly in the center of the display only if the generator frequencies match the frequency display of the R&S FPL1000 exactly.
  • Page 108 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-7: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with a resolution band- width which is larger than their frequency spacing 6. Set the resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz. The two generator signals are shown with high resolution.
  • Page 109 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier in the Frequency Domain In the frequency range display, the AM side bands can be resolved with a narrow bandwidth and measured separately. The modulation depth of a carrier modulated with a sinusoidal signal can then be measured.
  • Page 110 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-10: Measurement of the AM modulation depth The modulation depth is displayed as "MDepth". The frequency of the AF signal can be obtained from the frequency display of the delta marker. Measuring AM-Modulated Signals The R&S FPL1000 rectifies the RF input signal (that is, removes the negative parts) and displays it as a magnitude spectrum.
  • Page 111 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 4. Set the sweep time to 2.5 ms. 5. Set the reference level to 6 dBm and the display range to linear ([AMPT] > "Scale Config" > "Scaling": "Linear Percent"). 6.
  • Page 112 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Both the power during the send phase as well as the timing and duration of the TDMA burst, and rise and fall times of the burst, are important. ● Measuring the Power Characteristic of Burst Signals...........
  • Page 113 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results c) Select "Time Dom Power Config". d) Set the "Limits" state to "On". e) Select the "Left Limit" input field. By turning the rotary knob clockwise, move the vertical line "S1" to the start of the burst.
  • Page 114 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The measurement is based on the example "Measuring the Power of a GSM Burst During the Activation Phase" on page 112. 1. Switch off the power measurement. a) Press the [MEAS] key. b) Select "Zero Span".
  • Page 115 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-17: Falling edge of the GSM burst displayed with high time resolution Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals When TDMA transmission methods are used, the signal-to-noise ratio or the dynamic range for deactivation can be measured by comparing the power values during the activation phase and the deactivation phase of the transmission burst.
  • Page 116 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6. Set the sweep time to 2 ms ([SWEEP] > "Sweep Time Manual"). The R&S FPL1000 shows the GSM burst continuously across the display. 7. Use the trigger source "Video" and the trigger slope "Rising" to trigger on the rising edge of the burst and shift the start of the burst to the center of the display (see step 3 "Measuring the Edges of a GSM Burst with High Time Resolution"...
  • Page 117 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 10. Note down the power result for the measured noise, indicated by the "TD Pow RMS" result in the marker table. Subtract the measured noise power from the burst power to obtain the signal-to- noise ratio of the burst signal.
  • Page 118 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Tip: To navigate within long marker tables, simply scroll through the entries with your finger on the touchscreen. Remote command: LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH, MTAB, see on page 750 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? Results: on page 845 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X on page 858...
  • Page 119 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH, RSUM, see on page 750 LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? Spectrogram A spectrogram shows how the spectral density of a signal varies over time. The x-axis shows the frequency or sweep time, the y-axis shows the measurement time. A third dimension, the power level, is indicated by different colors.
  • Page 120 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results This measurement is only available if the optional internal generator is installed (R&S FPL1-B9) and active, and only in the Spectrum application. Thus, you can use the internal generator signal as a reference input signal for your power-converting DUT.
  • Page 121 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.3.1 About the Power Sweep Compression Point Measurement The compression point refers to the power level at which a power-converting device deviates from a linear input to output relation. The compression point of an amplifier defines the upper limit of its dynamic range.
  • Page 122 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results RF Input power Ideal trace Actual trace 1 dB x dB Generator output 1 dB x dB power Reference compr. compr. point point point Figure 7-21: Compression point calculation Level offset In an ideal measurement setup, the relation between the output power of the DUT to the input power is linear throughout the measured power range.
  • Page 123 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results RF Input Linear trace power (Ref 1) Linear trace (Ref 2) Ref. Point 2 Actual trace 1 dB 1 dB Generator output 1 dB cp 1 dB cp power Reference (Ref 1) (Ref 2)
  • Page 124 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The result summary contains the following results: ● "Compression Point": Level of compression ● "Reference": Used reference point for calculation ● "Generator Level": Input level of the DUT at which the compression occurs ●...
  • Page 125 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results General power sweep settings are described in "Power Sweep Settings" on page 295. Compression Measurement State................125 Reference........................125 Compression Points....................125 Compression Measurement State Enables or disables the compression point measurement. Remote command: on page 637 CONFigure:CMEasurement[:STATe]...
  • Page 126 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: Enable calculation: on page 635 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P1DB[:STAT] on page 636 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P3DB[:STAT] on page 636 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:PNDB[:STAT] on page 635 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:CVALue Query results: on page 637 FETCh:CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]? on page 637 FETCh:CMEasurement:P3DB[:RESult]? on page 637 FETCh:CMEasurement:PNDB[:RESult]?
  • Page 127 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.4 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Measuring the power in channels adjacent to the carrier or transmission channel is useful to detect interference. The results are displayed as a bar chart for the individual channels.
  • Page 128 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.4.2 Channel Power Results For channel or adjacent-channel power measurements, the individual channels are indicated by different colored bars in the diagram. The height of each bar corresponds to the measured power of that channel. In addition, the name of the channel ("Adj", "Alt %1", "Tx %1", etc., or a user-defined name) is indicated above the bar (separated by a line which has no further meaning).
  • Page 129 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In the R&S FPL1000 display, only the first neighboring channel of the carrier (TX) channel is labeled "Adj" (adjacent) channel; all others are labeled "Alt" (alternate) channels. In this manual, "Adjacent" refers to both adjacent and alternate channels. The measured power values for the TX and adjacent channels are also output as a table in the Result Summary window.
  • Page 130 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel spacing) can be optimized automatically using the "Adjust Settings" function (see "Opti- mized Settings (Adjust Settings)" on page 138). The easiest way to configure a measurement is using the configuration "Overview", Chapter 7.1, "Configuration Overview",...
  • Page 131 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The "Sweep Time" can be defined using the softkey in the "Ch Power" menu or in the "Sweep" configuration dialog box (see "Sweep Time" on page 138). Frequency Span The frequency span must cover at least the channels to be measured plus a measure- ment margin of approximately 10 %.
  • Page 132 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results You can optimize the resolution bandwidth for the defined channel settings. Use the "Adjust Settings" function in the "Ch Power" menu or the "General Settings" tab of the "ACLR Setup" dialog box (see "Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings)"...
  • Page 133 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results = power represented by a measurement point When the power has been calculated, the power units are converted into decibels and the value is displayed as a measurement point. In principle, the sample detector would be possible as well.
  • Page 134 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 11.6.4, "Measuring the Channel Power and ACLR", on page 638. ● General CP/ACLR Measurement Settings............134 ● Channel Setup......................
  • Page 135 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Standard The main measurement settings can be stored as a standard file. When such a stan- dard is loaded, the required channel and general measurement settings are automati- cally set on the R&S FPL1000. However, the settings can be changed. Predefined standards are available for standard measurements, but standard files with user- defined configurations can also be created.
  • Page 136 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details see "How to Manage User-Defined Configurations" on page 143. Remote command: To query all available standards: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:STANdard:CATalog? on page 639 To load a standard: on page 639 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:PRESet To save a standard: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:STANdard:SAVE...
  • Page 137 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Selected Trace The CP/ACLR measurement can be performed on any active trace. Remote command: on page 633 [SENSe:]POWer:TRACe Absolute and Relative Values (ACLR Mode) The powers of the adjacent channels are output in dBm or dBm/Hz (absolute values), or in dBc, relative to the specified reference Tx channel.
  • Page 138 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Note: In adjacent-channel power measurement, the power is always referenced to a transmission channel (see "Reference Channel" on page 136), thus, this function is not available. Remote command: on page 646 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings) All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel...
  • Page 139 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth..................... 139 Channel Spacings....................... 139 Limit Check......................... 140 Weighting Filters......................141 Channel Names......................141 Channel Bandwidth The Tx channel bandwidth is normally defined by the transmission standard. The correct bandwidth is set automatically for the selected standard. The bandwidth for each channel is indicated by a colored bar in the display.
  • Page 140 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If the spacings are not equal, the channel distribution in relation to the center frequency is as follows: Odd number of Tx channels The middle Tx channel is centered to center frequency. Even number of Tx channels The two Tx channels in the middle are used to calculate the fre- quency between those two channels.
  • Page 141 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe on page 649 on page 648 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>:ABSolute:STATe on page 650 on page 649 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>:ABSolute CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative]:STATe on page 652 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative] on page 650 on page 648 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult? Weighting Filters Weighting filters allow you to determine the influence of individual channels on the total measurement result.
  • Page 142 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● How to Perform a Standard Channel Power Measurement........142 ● How to Set Up the Channels.................142 ● How to Manage User-Defined Configurations............143 ● How to Compare the Tx Channel Power in Successive Measurements....144 How to Perform a Standard Channel Power Measurement Performing a channel power or ACLR measurement according to common standards is...
  • Page 143 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ► To configure the channels in the "Ch Power" dialog box, select "Ch Power" > "CP / ACLR Config" > "Channel Settings" tab. In the "Channel Setup" dialog box, you can define the channel settings for all channels, independent of the defined number of used Tx or adjacent channels.
  • Page 144 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 2. Configure the measurement as required (see also "How to Set Up the Channels" on page 142). 3. In the "General Settings" tab, select the "Manage User Standards" button to display the "Manage"...
  • Page 145 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results A programming example demonstrating an ACLR measurement in a remote environ- ment is provided in Chapter 11.6.4.8, "Programming Examples for Channel Power Measurements", on page 654. ● Measurement Example 2 – Measuring Adjacent Channel Power of a W-CDMA Uplink Signal......................
  • Page 146 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The R&S FPL1000 sets the optimum RF attenuation and the reference level for the power in the transmission channel to obtain the maximum dynamic range. The fol- lowing figure shows the result of the measurement. Figure 7-23: Measuring the relative adjacent channel power on a W-CDMA uplink signal The R&S FPL1000 measures the power of the individual channels.
  • Page 147 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 2. Set the center frequency to 1 GHz and the span to 1 MHz. 3. To obtain maximum sensitivity, set RF attenuation to 0 dB and the reference level to -40 dBm.
  • Page 148 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Increase the RBW to minimize the measurement time; however, consider the requirements of the standard if you need to measure according to standard! The automatic settings are always according to standard. ●...
  • Page 149 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.5 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements Measures the carrier-to-noise ratio. C/No measurements normalize the ratio to a 1 Hz bandwidth. ● About the Measurement..................149 ● Carrier-to-Noise Results..................150 ● Carrier-to-Noise Configuration................150 ● How to Determine the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio............
  • Page 150 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.5.2 Carrier-to-Noise Results As a result of the carrier-to-noise measurement the evaluated bandwidth and the cal- culated C/N ratio are displayed in the result window. The fixed reference marker is indi- cated in the diagram.
  • Page 151 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Carrier-to-noise measurements are not available in zero span mode. The easiest way to configure a measurement is using the configuration "Overview", Chapter 7.1, "Configuration Overview", on page 94. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 11.6.5, "Measuring the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio",...
  • Page 152 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth Defines the channel bandwidth. The default setting is 14 kHz. Remote command: on page 641 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel<ch>] Adjust Settings Enables the RMS detector and adjusts the span to the selected channel bandwidth according to: "4 x channel bandwidth + measurement margin"...

  • Page 153: Measurement

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results cations system, for instance, the occupied bandwidth must be limited to enable distor- tion-free transmission in adjacent channels. ● About the Measurement..................153 ● Results......................155 ● Configuration....................155 ● How to Determine the Occupied Bandwidth............
  • Page 154 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results OBW within defined search limits - multicarrier OBW measurement in one sweep The occupied bandwidth of the signal can also be determined within defined search limits instead of for the entire signal. Thus, only a single sweep is required to determine the OBW for a multicarrier signal.

  • Page 155: Obw Results

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.6.2 OBW Results As a result of the OBW measurement the occupied bandwidth ("Occ Bw") is indicated in the marker results. Furthermore, the marker at the center frequency and the tempo- rary markers are indicated.
  • Page 156 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results This measurement is not available in zero span. Configuring search limits for OBW measurement The OBW measurement uses the same search limits as defined for marker search (see "Search Limits" on page 356).
  • Page 157 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth Defines the channel bandwidth for the transmission channel in single-carrier measure- ments. This bandwidth is used to optimize the test parameters (for details see "Adjust Settings" on page 157). The default setting is 14 kHz. For measurements according to a specific transmission standard, define the bandwidth specified by the standard for the transmission channel.

  • Page 158: How To Determine The Occupied Bandwidth

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.6.4 How to Determine the Occupied Bandwidth The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to determine the occupied bandwidth. For remote operation, see Chapter 11.6.6.2, "Programming Example: OBW Measure- ment", on page 658.

  • Page 159: Measurement Example

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 8. Continue in this way until all carriers have been measured. 7.2.6.5 Measurement Example In the following example, the bandwidth that occupies 99 % of the total power of a PDC signal at 800 MHz, level 0 dBm is measured.
  • Page 160 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.7.1 About the Measurement The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that moni- tors compliance with a spectral mask. The mask is defined with reference to the input signal power.
  • Page 161 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Example: For example, in Figure 7-25, "31 < P < 39" is indicated as the used power class is defined from 31 to 39. Figure 7-25: Spectrum Emission Mask result displays In addition to the graphical results of the SEM measurement displayed in the diagram, a result summary is displayed to evaluate the limit check results (see also "Limit Lines...
  • Page 162 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Label Description "Power Rel" Peak power level within the range, relative to the "Tx Power" "ΔLimit" Deviation of the peak power level from the limit line You can define in which detail the data is displayed in the result summary in the "List Evaluation"...
  • Page 163 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-27: SEM results for multiple sub blocks Retrieving results via remote control The measurement results of the spectrum emission mask test can be retrieved using the CALC:LIM:FAIL? command from a remote computer; see CALCulate<n>: on page 914 for a detailed description.
  • Page 164 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Ranges and Range Settings In the Spectrum Emission Mask measurements, a range defines a segment for which you can define the following parameters separately: ● Start and stop frequency ●...
  • Page 165 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● The maximum number of ranges is 30. ● The minimum number of ranges is 3. ● The reference range cannot be deleted. ● Center the reference range on the center frequency. ●...
  • Page 166 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Limit Lines in SEM Measurements For the R&S FPL1000, the spectrum emission mask is defined using limit lines. Limit lines allow you to check the measured data (that is, the trace results) against specified limit values.
  • Page 167 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Limit check type Pass/fail criteria Limit line definition "Relative with If the power exceeds both the abso- Defined by the maximum of the absolute or function f(x)" lute and the relative limits, the check relative start and stop limit values for each fails (see Relative limit line functions...
  • Page 168 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Although a margin functionality is not available for the limit check, a margin (threshold) for the peak values to be displayed in the Result Summary can be defined. (In the "List Evaluation"...
  • Page 169 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Consequences When the "Fast SEM" mode is activated, the ranges for which these criteria apply are displayed as one single range. The sweep time is defined as the sum of the individual sweep times, initially, but can be changed.
  • Page 170 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Comparison to "traditional" SEM measurement The default SEM measurement is simply a special case of "Multi-SEM" - consisting of one single block. Only if the number of sub blocks in the basic SEM configuration is larger than 1, multiple sub blocks are inserted in the configuration settings and result tables.
  • Page 171 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-29: Behavior for overlapping masks ● For the ranges in which multiple limit lines are significant, a range-specific function determines the behavior of the limit check Limit calculation for individual ranges For each range a function can be defined that determines the behavior of the limit check if there are multiple limit lines: ●...
  • Page 172 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Different RBWs in overlapping ranges If different RBWs are defined for the overlapping ranges, the following parameters from the range with the smaller RBW are considered for both ranges: ●...
  • Page 173 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-30: Summarized limit line for multiple sub blocks 7.2.7.5 SEM Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spectrum Emission Mask" The SEM measurement is started immediately with the default settings. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 11.6.7, "Measuring the Spectrum Emission...

  • Page 174: Sweep List

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Sweep List......................174 ● Multi-SEM (Sub Block) Settings ................179 ● Reference Range....................180 ● Power Classes...................... 182 ● Standard Files....................... 183 ● List Evaluation (Results Configuration)..............185 Sweep List Access: "Overview"...

  • Page 175: Filter Type

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Attenuation......................176 Preamp........................177 Transducer Factor....................... 177 Limit Check <n>......................177 Abs Limit Start / Stop <n>................... 177 Rel Limit Start / Stop <n>.................... 177 Multi-Limit Calc <n>....................178 Min Sweep Points.......................
  • Page 176 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details on the RBW, see Chapter 7.6.1.1, "Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth", on page 317. Remote command: on page 664 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:BANDwidth:RESolution Sets the video bandwidth for this range. For details on the VBW, see Chapter 7.6.1.2, "Smoothing the Trace Using the Video Bandwidth",...
  • Page 177 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Preamp Switches the preamplifier on or off. For details on the preamplifier, see "Preamplifier" on page 313. Remote command: on page 668 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN:STATe Transducer Factor Sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that fulfills the following conditions: ●...
  • Page 178 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If the function is set to "Max", you can define a relative and an absolute limit level. In this case, the maximum of the two values is used as the limit level. For more information, see "Relative limit line functions"...

  • Page 179: Multi-Sem (Sub Block) Settings

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Insert before Range / Insert after Range Inserts a new range to the left (before) or to the right (after) of the range in which the cursor is currently displayed. The range numbers of the currently focused range and all higher ranges are increased accordingly.

  • Page 180: Reference Range

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Sub Block Count......................180 Sub Block / Center Freq....................180 Standard........................180 Edit Sweep List......................180 Sub Block Count Defines the number of sub blocks. By default, the familiar SEM measurement with just one single block of ranges is configured.
  • Page 181 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Power Reference Type....................181 Channel Power Settings....................181 └ Bandwidth....................181 └ RRC Filter State....................181 └ Alpha:......................182 Power Reference Type Defines how the reference power is calculated. "Channel Power" Measures the channel power within the reference range using the integration bandwidth method.

  • Page 182: Power Classes

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 677 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] Alpha: ← Channel Power Settings Sets the alpha value of the RRC filter (if activated). Remote command: on page 677 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa Power Classes Access: "Overview"...

  • Page 183: Standard Files

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>[:EXCLusive] on page 681 To define all limits in one step: CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:LIMit[:STATe] on page 681 PMin/ PMax Defines the power limits for each power class. The first range always starts at -200 dBm (-INF) and the last range always stops at 200 dBm (+INF).
  • Page 184 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For details, see "How to Manage SEM Settings Files" on page 189. Standard files for sub blocks (Multi-SEM measurements) If more than one sub blocks are defined, the "Standard Files" tab and softkey are not available.

  • Page 185: List Evaluation (Results Configuration)

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results File names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. In partic- ular, they must not contain special characters such as ":", "*", "?". For details on the filename and location, see Chapter 8.2.2.2, "Storage Location and Filename", on page 461.
  • Page 186 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results List Evaluation State (Result Summary)..............186 Show Peaks........................ 186 Margin......................... 186 Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File..........187 List Evaluation State (Result Summary) Activates or deactivates the Result Summary. Remote command: on page 683 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch:AUTO...
  • Page 187 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File Exports the Result Summary of the SEM measurement to an ASCII file for evaluation in an external application. If necessary, change the decimal separator for evaluation in other languages.
  • Page 188 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● The required resolution bandwidth or sweep time ● Transducer factors ● Permitted deviation from the defined signal level, i.e. the required limit values for monitoring If the signal consists of a transmission channel and adjacent channels, the channel ranges can usually be used for the range definition.
  • Page 189 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 10. To save the current SEM measurement settings to a file to re-use them later, save a settings file as described in "How to save a user-defined SEM settings file" on page 190.
  • Page 190 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results SEM settings or standard files are managed in the "Standard" tab of the "Spectrum Emission Mask" dialog box. To display this dialog box, select the "Overview" softkey and then the "SEM Setup" button. How to load an SEM settings file 1.
  • Page 191 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 1. Configure and perform an SEM measurement as described in Chapter 7.2.7.6, "How to Perform a Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement", on page 187. 2. In the "Overview", select the "Analysis" button. 3.
  • Page 192 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Setting up the measurement 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2. Set the center frequency to 903.25 MHz. 3. Set the reference level to 10 dBm with an offset of to 30 dB. 4.
  • Page 193 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.7.8 Reference: SEM File Descriptions This reference provides details on the format of the SEM settings and result files. ● Format Description of SEM XML Files..............193 ● ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission Mask)..........
  • Page 194 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Example: In the sample file PowerClass_39_43.xml under C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP, these attributes are defined as follows: ● Standard="W-CDMA 3GPP" ● LinkDirection="DL" ● PowerClass="(39,43)dBm" The "PowerClass" element It is embedded in the BaseFormat element and contains settings information about the power classes.
  • Page 195 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results </Instrument> <LinkDirection Name="Name"> <ReferencePower> <Method>"Method"</Method> </ReferencePower> <PowerClass Index="n"> <!-- For contents of the PowerClass node, see Table 7-14 --> <!-- Define up to four PowerClass nodes --> </PowerClass> </LinkDirection> </RS_SEM_ACP_File>...
  • Page 196 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results <RFAttenuation Mode="Auto" Unit="dB" Value="Value"/> <Preamplifier State="State"/> </Amplitude> <MeasPointsMin>1</MeasPointsMin> <CalcRuleMulti>Sum</CalcRuleMulti> </Range> Table 7-13: Attributes and child nodes of the BaseFormat element Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Description Mand. FileFormatVersion 1.0.0.0 Date YYYY-MM-DD Date in ISO 8601 format...
  • Page 197 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Table 7-15: Attributes and child nodes of the Range element (normal ranges) Child node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand. Index 0…19 Indices are continuous and have to start with 0 Name <string>...
  • Page 198 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Child node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand. Type NORM | PULS | CFIL | RRC Bandwidth <bandwidth in Hz> "VBW" on page 176 Detector NEG | POS | If used, it has to be identical SAMP | RMS | in all ranges.
  • Page 199 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results File contents Explanation y-Axis;LOG; Level Range;100.000000;dB Trace settings Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Detector;RMS; Sweep Count;0; Trace 1:; x-Unit;Hz; y-Unit;dBm; List evaluation settings Margin;200; Peak List margin Reference range settings RefType; CPOWER; Reference power type TxBandwidth;3840000;;Hz Channel power settings...
  • Page 200 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● About the Measurement..................200 ● Spurious Emissions Measurement Results............200 ● Spurious Emissions Basics................... 201 ● Spurious Emissions Measurement Configuration..........203 ● How to Perform a Spurious Emissions Measurement...........209 ● Reference: ASCII Export File Format (Spurious)..........
  • Page 201 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Column Description Range Low Frequency range start for the range the peak value belongs to Range Up Frequency range end for the range the peak value belongs to RBW of the range Frequency Frequency at the peak value Power Abs...
  • Page 202 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Ranges and Range Settings Conditions for ranges The following rules apply to ranges: ● The minimum span of a range is 20 Hz. ● The individual ranges must not overlap (but can have gaps). ●...
  • Page 203 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results As for general limit lines, the results of each limit line check are displayed (here: "_SPURIOUS_LINE_ABS_<xxx>"), as well as the combined result for all defined limit lines ("Limit Check"). The limit check is considered to be "' failed!"...
  • Page 204 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Sweep List Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spurious Emissions" > "Sweep List" For Spurious Emissions measurements, the input signal is split into several frequency ranges which are swept individually and for which different limitations apply. If you edit the sweep list, always follow the rules and consider the limitations described "Ranges and Range Settings"...

  • Page 205: Range Start / Range Stop

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Abs Limit Start/ Abs Limit Stop..................207 Insert before Range/ Insert after Range..............207 Delete Range......................207 Range Start / Range Stop Sets the start frequency/stop frequency of the selected range. You can define a span that is smaller than the overall span of the ranges.

  • Page 206: Detector

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 695 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:SWEep:TIME Detector Sets the detector for the range. For details, refer to "Mapping Samples to sweep Points with the Trace Detector" on page 386. Remote command: on page 691 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DETector...

  • Page 207: Transducer

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Transducer Sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that fulfills the following conditions: ● The transducer overlaps or equals the span of the range. ●...
  • Page 208 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results List Evaluation Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spurious Emissions" > "List Evalua- tion" Configure the contents and display of the result list. List Evaluation State....................208 Show Peaks........................ 208 Margin.........................
  • Page 209 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Margin A margin functionality is not available for the limit check. However, you can define a margin (=threshold) for the peak values to be displayed in the evaluation list. Only peaks that exceed the margin value are displayed (also in the diagram, if activated).
  • Page 210 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The "Spurious Emissions" dialog box is displayed. 4. Split the frequency span of the measurement into ranges for signal parts with simi- lar characteristics. Define the required ranges in the "Sweep List" using the "Insert before Range" and "Insert after Range"...
  • Page 211 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 6. Select the "Save" button. The file with the specified name and the extension .dat is stored in the defined storage location. 7.2.8.6 Reference: ASCII Export File Format (Spurious) The file has a header containing important parameters for scaling, several data sec- tions containing the sweep settings per range, and a data section containing the peak list.

  • Page 212: About The Measurements

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results File contents Explanation PeaksPerRange;25; Max. number of peaks per range to be detected Values;3; Number of detected peaks File data section 0;9000;150000;1000;79500;-25.006643295288086;- Measured peak values: 12.006643295288086;PASS; <range number>; 0;9000;150000;1000;101022.11126961483;-47.075 <start frequency>;...

  • Page 213: Typical Applications

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results width is automatically set to 10 times the analysis bandwidth. The sample detector is used for detecting the video voltage. Statistic measurements on pulsed signals can be performed using a gated trigger. For details see Chapter 7.2.9.4, "APD and CCDF Basics - Gated Triggering",...
  • Page 214 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In addition to the histogram, a result table is displayed containing the following informa- tion: ● Number of samples used for calculation ● For each displayed trace: – Mean amplitude –...

  • Page 215: Apd And Ccdf Basics - Gated Triggering

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● For each displayed trace: Mean Mean power Peak Peak power Crest Crest factor (peak power – mean power) 10 % 10 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 1 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 0,1 % 0,1 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB...

  • Page 216: Apd And Ccdf Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.9.5 APD and CCDF Configuration Configuration consists of the following settings: ● Make sure the specified reference level is higher than the measured peak value (see "Reference Level" on page 311). ●...
  • Page 217 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Basic Settings Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "APD"/"CCDF" > "APD Config"/ "CCDF Config" The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 11.6.9, "Analyzing Statistics (APD, CCDF)", on page 701.
  • Page 218 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Number of Samples Defines the number of power measurements that are taken into account for the statis- tics. For statistics measurements with the R&S FPL1000, the number of samples to be measured is defined instead of the sweep time.
  • Page 219 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Up to three ranges can be defined for each of the six available traces. Comment........................219 Period..........................219 Range <x> Use......................219 Range <x> Start/Stop....................219 Comment An optional comment can be defined for the gate range settings of each trace. Remote command: on page 703 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>:COMMent...
  • Page 220 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Note: You can define the time values with a greater numerical resolution than is dis- played; the values are only rounded for display. Remote command: on page 704 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>:STARt<gr> on page 705 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<t>:STOP<gr>...
  • Page 221 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results X-Axis Defines the scaling settings for signal level values. Ref Level ← X-Axis Defines the reference level for the signal levels in the currently active unit (dBm, dBµV, etc.). For the APD function this value corresponds to the right diagram border.

  • Page 222: How To Perform An Apd Or Ccdf Measurement

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results X-axis ref level: -10 dBm X-axis range APD: 100 dB X-axis range CCDF: 20 dB Y-axis upper limit: Y-axis lower limit: 1E-6 Remote command: on page 705 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:PRESet Adjust Settings Adjusts the level settings according to the measured difference between peak and min- imum power for APD measurement or peak and mean power for CCDF measurement in order to obtain maximum power resolution.

  • Page 223: Examples

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 4. For each active trace, define up to three ranges within the time period to be mea- sured. In the example covering 3 pulses, you could define one range for each pulse.
  • Page 224 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The instrument has to be configured as follows: Trigger Offset t2 – t1 = 25 µs now the gate ranges are relative to t2 Range1 Start t3 – t2 = 15 µs start of range 1 relative to t2 Range1 End t4 –...
  • Page 225 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-33: Amplitude probability distribution of white noise 4. Now select the "CCDF" measurement function from the "Select Measurement" dia- log box. Figure 7-34: CCDF of white noise User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...

  • Page 226: Optimizing And Troubleshooting The Measurement

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The CCDF trace indicates the probability that a level will exceed the mean power. The level above the mean power is plotted along the x-axis of the graph. The origin of the axis corresponds to the mean power level.
  • Page 227 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Mode Description Peak Peak value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. Mean Mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof.
  • Page 228 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results between signal and noise power of a TDMA signal for instance can be measured by using a measurement as a reference value and then varying the measurement range. In order to get stable measurement results for a limited evaluation range, usually a trig- ger is required.
  • Page 229 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Results Activates the power results to be evaluated from the displayed trace or a limited area of the trace. "Peak" Peak power over several measurements (uses trace averaging, Max Hold) "RMS"...
  • Page 230 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results To measure the power in the time domain 1. Select the [MEAS] key. 2. From the "Select Measurement" dialog box, select the "Time Domain Power" mea- surement function. 3. Select the type of power measurement results to be determined by selecting the corresponding softkeys.
  • Page 231 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7. Select the "Time Domain Power" measurement function from the "Select Measure- ment" dialog box. 8. In the Time Domain Power configuration dialog box, set all four results to "On". 9.
  • Page 232 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The Harmonic Distortion measurement then performs zero span sweeps at the center frequency and at each harmonic, i.e. at frequencies that are a multiple of the center frequency. As a result, the zero span sweeps on all harmonics are shown, as well as the RMS values and the total harmonic distortion (THD).
  • Page 233 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-35: Extrapolation of the 1st and 2nd harmonics to the 2nd harmonic intercept at 40 dBm The following formula for the obtainable harmonic distortion d in dB is derived from the straight-line equations and the given intercept point: = S.H.I –...
  • Page 234 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The maximum harmonic distortion is obtained if the level of the harmonic equals the intrinsic noise level of the receiver. The level applied to the mixer, according to (2), is: At a resolution bandwidth of 10 Hz (noise level -143 dBm, S.H.I.
  • Page 235 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results In addition, a result table is displayed providing the following information: ● First harmonic frequency ● THD (total harmonic distortion), relative and absolute values ● For each detected harmonic: –...
  • Page 236 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 11.6.11, "Measuring the Harmonic Distortion", on page 720. Number of Harmonics....................236 Harmonic Sweep Time....................236 Harmonic RBW Auto....................
  • Page 237 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results If harmonic measurement was performed in the time domain, this function adjusts the reference level only. Remote command: on page 722 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet 7.2.11.5 How to Determine the Harmonic Distortion Chapter 7.9.6, "Measurement Example: Measuring Harmonics Using Marker Func- tions", on page 384, measuring harmonics was described using marker functions.
  • Page 238 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.12.1 About the TOI Measurement If several signals are applied to a transmission two-port device with nonlinear charac- teristic, intermodulation products appear at its output at the sums and differences of the signals.
  • Page 239 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-36: Intermodulation products Ps1 and Ps2 The intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P The intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P...
  • Page 240 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-37: Dependency of intermodulation products on level of useful signals The useful signals at the two-port output increase proportionally with the input level as long as the two-port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input causes a level change of 1 dB at the output.
  • Page 241 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Intermodulation-free dynamic range The "Intermodulation-free dynamic range", i.e. the level range in which no internal intermodulation products are generated if two-tone signals are measured, is deter- mined by the third order intercept point, the phase noise and the thermal noise of the signal analyzer.
  • Page 242 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Figure 7-39: Intermodulation-free dynamic range as a function of level at the input mixer and of the selected resolution bandwidth (Useful signal offset = 10 to 100 kHz, DANL = -145 dBm/Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical val- ues at 2 GHz).
  • Page 243 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command The TOI can also be queried using the remote commands: on page 725. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? on page 725 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MAXimum? on page 726 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MINimum? 7.2.12.4 TOI Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Third Order Intercept" > "TOI Config" The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chap- ter 11.6.12, "Measuring the Third Order Intercept...
  • Page 244 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4 Indicates the detected characteristic values as determined by the TOI measurement (see Chapter 7.2.12.3, "TOI Results", on page 242). The marker positions can be edited; the TOI is then recalculated according to the new marker values.
  • Page 245 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Test setup: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Device Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -4 dBm 799.6 MHz Signal generator 2 -4 dBm 800.4 MHz Setting up the measurement 1.
  • Page 246 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The third order intercept (TOI) is displayed in the marker information. 2. The level of a signal analyzer's intrinsic intermodulation products depends on the RF level of the useful signals at the input mixer. When the RF attenuation is added, the mixer level is reduced and the intermodulation distance is increased.
  • Page 247 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.13 AM Modulation Depth Measurement This measurement determines the AM modulation depth of an AM-modulated carrier. ● About the Measurement..................247 ● AM Modulation Depth Results................247 ● AM Modulation Depth Configuration..............
  • Page 248 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: The AM modulation depth can also be queried using the remote command on page 728. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult<t>? 7.2.13.3 AM Modulation Depth Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "AM Modulation Depth" > "AM Mod Depth Config"...
  • Page 249 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Marker Description Maximum of the signal (= carrier level) Offset of next peak to the right of the carrier Offset of the next peak to the left of the carrier The marker positions can be edited;...
  • Page 250 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.13.5 How to Determine the AM Modulation Depth The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to determine the AM modula- tion depth. For remote operation, see Chapter 11.6.13.2, "Example: Measuring the AM Modulation Depth", on page 728.
  • Page 251 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.14.1 About the EMI Measurement EMI measurements can be very time-consuming, especially if weighting detectors are required for the measurement. In addition, EMC testing often requires various proce- dures to locate local EMI maxima. Such procedures are, for example, movements of an absorbing clamp, variations in the height of the test antenna or the rotation of the DUT.
  • Page 252 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Initial peak search results - Marker Table As a result of the initial peak search, the active markers are set to the positive peaks of the measured signal. If Auto peak search and limit lines are active, the active markers are set to the peak delta values between the measured signal and the limit lines.
  • Page 253 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Initial Measurement - Peak Search............... 259 ● Final Measurement at the Marker Position............260 ● Limit Checks......................261 Resolution Bandwidth and Filter Types EMI testing requires resolution filters with a 6 dB bandwidth. The R&S FPL1000 EMI measurement adds the following bandwidths that comply to commercial and military standards to those already available with the base unit: Commercial (CISPR, FFC etc.)
  • Page 254 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Restrictions for the R&S FPL1000 using CISPR detectors Specific detectors are available for EMI measurements using the CISPR filter (Quasi- peak, CISPR Average, RMS Average). However, if any of the CISPR detectors are used as trace detectors in a zero span measurement, the following detectors cannot be used as trace detectors for other traces in the same display: ●...
  • Page 255 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results ● Pulsed signals: the time must be long enough to capture several complete pulses (at least 10) ● The time is determined by the lowest modulation frequency to be averaged RMS detector The RMS detector displays the root mean square (RMS) value over the specified dwell time.
  • Page 256 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results CISPR Average detector (CISPR filter only) The CISPR Average detector displays a weighted average signal level according to CISPR 16-1-1. The average value according to CISPR 16-1-1 is the maximum value detected while calculating the linear average value during the specified dwell time.
  • Page 257 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The detector parameters depend on the measured frequency. The time lag of the simu- lated pointer instrument reflects the weighting factor of the signal depending on its form, modulation, etc. Table 7-18: Required parameters depending on frequency for RMS Average detector Band A Band B...
  • Page 258 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Example: Linear axis: With a linear axis, the distance between the sweep points is equal, e.g. 200 kHz. Logarithmic axis: With a logarithmic axis, the distance between sweep points is variable. In the spectrum from 10 Hz to 100 Hz, the distance is a few Hz.
  • Page 259 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For the ENV216 network, a 150 kHz high pass filter is available to protect the input of the R&S FPL1000. Using Transducer Factors The R&S FPL1000 EMI measurement provides functionality to include transducer fac- tors in the test setup.
  • Page 260 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Manual peak search If automatic peak search is off, you can set the markers to any frequency you need more information about manually. You can change the marker position with the rotary knob or the cursor keys, or position it to a particular frequency with the number keys.
  • Page 261 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The results of the final measurement are shown in the Result Summary (see Chap- ter 7.2.14.2, "EMI Measurement Results", on page 251). Defining a Dwell Time for the Final Measurement EMC tests often require a specific dwell time for an EMI measurement.

  • Page 262: Selected Marker

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The initial peak search for the R&S FPL1 EMI measurement is defined by the marker configuration. Selected Marker......................262 Marker State........................262 Marker Position X-value....................262 Marker Type........................ 263 Reference Marker.......................

  • Page 263: Marker Type

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Marker Type Toggles the marker type. The type for marker 1 is always "Normal", the type for delta marker 1 is always "Delta". These types cannot be changed. Note: If normal marker 1 is the active marker, switching the "Mkr Type" activates an additional delta marker 1.

  • Page 264: Final Test Detector

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:TRACe Final Test Detector Defines the detector to be used for the final EMI test at the marker frequency. This setting is only available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measurement option is instal- led.
  • Page 265 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] on page 842 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] EMI Final Measurement Configuration The final EMI measurement can be performed with different settings than the initial peak search. These settings are described here. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─...
  • Page 266 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results The detector to be used for the final EMI test can be defined differently for each fre- quency, thus the detector is configured in the EMI marker settings, see "Final Test Detector"...
  • Page 267 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Automatic Peak Search If activated, a peak search is performed automatically for all active markers after each sweep. If Auto peak search and limit lines are active, the active markers are set to the peak delta values between the measured signal and the limit lines.
  • Page 268 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results Remote command: on page 730 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector on page 730 Frequency Axis Scaling Switches between linear and logarithmic scaling for the frequency axis. By default, the frequency axis has linear scaling. Logarithmic scaling of the frequency axis, however, is common for measurements over large frequency ranges as it enhan- ces the resolution of the lower frequencies.
  • Page 269 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results For more information see "Controlling V-Networks (LISN)" on page 258. LISN Type........................269 Phase.......................... 269 150 kHz Highpass....................... 269 LISN Type Selects the network type and activates output to the network via the user port of the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 270 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 7.2.14.5 EMI Result Analysis The R&S FPL1 EMI measurement provides functionality to analyze the results. Marker Demodulation The R&S FPL1000 is able to demodulate AM and FM signals for acoustic tests and monitoring purposes.
  • Page 271 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results b) Select the "Trace Config" softkey to configure as many traces as required. 4. Press the [MEAS] key on the front panel and select the "EMI" measurement. The EMI main menu is displayed. 5.
  • Page 272 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results 13. Optionally, select or configure limit lines against which the marker results are checked. a) Press the [Lines] key and then the "Lines Config" softkey, then select the "Lines Config"...
  • Page 273 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results A programming example demonstrating an EMI measurement in a remote environment is provided in Chapter 11.6.14.8, "Programming Example: EMI Measurement", on page 736. Preparing the measurement 1. Press the [PRESET] key. The R&S FPL1000 restores the default settings.
  • Page 274 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Measurements and Results a) Press the [SWEEP] key on the front panel. b) Select the "Sweep Config" softkey. c) Set the number of "Sweep Points" to 200000. 10. Press the [AMPT] key, then select the "Amplitude Config" softkey and, in the "Amplitude"...

  • Page 275: Receiving Data Input And Providing Data Output

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 7.2.14.8 Optimizing and Troubleshooting EMI Measurements If the results do not meet your expectations, try the following methods to optimize the measurement: Number of sweep points The resolution bandwidth should cover at least one sweep point (more is better).
  • Page 276 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output RF Input Protection The RF input connector of the R&S FPL1000 must be protected against signal levels that exceed the ranges specified in the data sheet. Therefore, the R&S FPL1000 is equipped with an overload protection mechanism.
  • Page 277 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output "Auto" The R&S FPL1000 determines which IF path to use automatically, depending on the used analysis bandwidth. "Off" The wide IF path is always used. Remote command: on page 789 INPut<ip>:FILTer:SAW...
  • Page 278 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 7.3.2.2 Power Sensor Settings Access: "Overview" > "Input" > "Power Sensor" tab The power sensor measurement requires the option R&S FPL1-K9. Each sensor is configured on a separate tab. State..........................278 Continuous Value Update...................
  • Page 279 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: on page 798 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>[:STATe] Continuous Value Update If activated, the power sensor data is updated continuously during a sweep with a long sweep time, and even after a single sweep has completed. This function cannot be activated for individual sensors.
  • Page 280 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: on page 796 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:FREQuency:LINK Unit/Scale Selects the unit with which the measured power is to be displayed. Available units are dBm, dB, W and %. If dB or % is selected, the display is relative to the reference value that is defined with either the "Meas ->...
  • Page 281 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Sensor Level Offset Takes the specified offset into account for the measured power. Only available if Ref Level Offset is disabled. Remote command: on page 798 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:SOFFset Average Count (Number of Readings) Defines the number of readings (averages) to be performed after a single sweep has...
  • Page 282 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 2. Select the tab for the power sensor index you want to configure, e.g. "Power Sen- sor 1". 3. Press "Select" to analyze the power sensor data according to the current configura- tion when power measurement is activated.
  • Page 283 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output A dialog box is displayed that prompts you to disconnect all signals from the input of the power sensor. 4. Disconnect all signals sending input to the power sensor and press [ENTER] to continue.
  • Page 284 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Tracking generator The frequency of the internal generator can be coupled to the input frequency of the analyzer, so that the input signal for the DUT tracks (or follows) the input signal of the analyzer.
  • Page 285 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output As a result, the measured power levels at the RF input are displayed versus the provi- ded power levels of the internal generator output. This measurement is only available if the optional internal generator is installed (R&S FPL1-B9) and active, and only in the Spectrum application.
  • Page 286 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For details on determining compression points, see Chapter 7.2.3, "Power Sweep Measurements", on page 119. Calibration Mechanism A common measurement setup includes a signal generator, a device under test (DUT), and a signal and spectrum analyzer.
  • Page 287 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output selected type of measurement used to determine the reference trace is included in the reference dataset. Normalization Once the measurement setup has been calibrated and the reference trace is available, subsequent measurement results can be corrected according to the calibration factors, if necessary.
  • Page 288 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output reflect an attenuation or gain caused by the measured DUT (see also "Shifting the ref- erence line (and normalized trace)" on page 289). Restoring the calibration settings If the measurement settings no longer match the instrument settings with which the calibration was performed (indicated by the "APX"...
  • Page 289 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output The normalized reference trace (0 dB directly after calibration) is displayed on this ref- erence line, indicated by a red line in the diagram. By default, the reference line is dis- played at the top of the diagram (90% of the window height).
  • Page 290 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Overloading At a reference level of -13 dBm and at an internal generator output level of the same value, the R&S FPL1000 operates without overrange reserve. That means the R&S FPL1000 is in danger of being overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude is higher than the reference line.
  • Page 291 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The independent CW signal is available in all R&S FPL1000 applications if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. For details, see Chapter 7.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator",...
  • Page 292 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Tracking Generator Settings Access: Toolbar > "Generator Config" Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The tracking generator signal is only available for frequency sweeps in the Spectrum application, and only if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed.
  • Page 293 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output ● "Tracking generator" on page 284: constant power level, frequency follows ana- lyzer frequency (only available for frequency sweeps in the Spectrum application) ● "Power sweep" on page 284: constant frequency, linearly increasing power level (only available in the Spectrum application) Remote command:...
  • Page 294 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: on page 804 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod Calibrate Reflection Short Starts a short-circuit reflection type measurement to determine a reference trace for calibration. If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration trace is calculated by averaging the two measurements.
  • Page 295 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: on page 780 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition Reference Value Defines an offset for the position of the reference line. This setting can be used to shift the reference line and thus the normalized trace, simi- lar to the Shifting the Display (Offset) defined in the "Amplitude"...
  • Page 296 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For details, see Chapter 7.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator", on page 283. Usage..........................296 State..........................296 Level Offset......................... 297 Frequency Offset......................297 Level Start / Level Stop....................297 Calibrate Transmission....................297 Normalization...
  • Page 297 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Level Offset Defines an offset to the output power of the internal generator. Used to adapt the level display, for example to cable loss. Remote command: on page 801 SOURce<si>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet Frequency Offset...
  • Page 298 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For remote operation, see "Programming Example for a Tracking Generator" on page 807. ● How to Calibrate a Measurement Setup Using a Tracking Generator....298 ●...
  • Page 299 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 5. Perform any measurement with the setup that contains the calibrated component. The measurement results do not include the effects from the component. How to Compensate for Additional Gain or Attenuation after Calibration If a gain or an attenuation is inserted in the measurement after calibration, this effect can be reflected in the display of the normalized trace on the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 300 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Data Output.........................300 Noise Source Control....................300 Data Output Defines the type of signal available at one of the output connectors of the R&S FPL1000. This connector is only available if the R&S FPL1-B5 option is installed. "IF"...

  • Page 301: Frequency And Span Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration In this case, you can first connect an external noise source (whose noise power level is known in advance) to the R&S FPL1000 and measure the total noise power. From this value you can determine the noise power of the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 302 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration The "Center Frequency Stepsize" also defines the step size by which the value is increased or decreased when you use the rotary knob to change the center frequency; however, the rotary knob moves in steps of only 1/10 of the "Center Frequency Stepsize"...
  • Page 303 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration "Auto Settings" are described in Chapter 7.8, "Adjusting Settings Automatically", on page 343. Signal Tracking is described in Chapter 7.4.3, "Keeping the Center Frequency Stable - Signal Tracking", on page 306.
  • Page 304 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration and span are specified in the data sheet. For more information see Chapter 7.4.1.1, "Defining the Scope of the Measurement - Frequency Range", on page 301. Remote command: on page 762 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN Start / Stop...
  • Page 305 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration Center Frequency Stepsize Defines the step size by which the center frequency is increased or decreased when the arrow keys are pressed. When you use the rotary knob the center frequency changes in much smaller steps (1/10 the size as for the arrow keys).
  • Page 306 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Frequency and Span Configuration 7.4.3 Keeping the Center Frequency Stable - Signal Tracking If the signal drifts on the display but you want to keep the center frequency on the sig- nal peak, the center frequency can be adjusted automatically using signal tracking. In this case, the signal trace is surveyed in a specified bandwidth around the expected center frequency.

  • Page 307: Amplitude And Vertical Axis Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration 7.4.4 How To Define the Frequency Range The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to configure the frequency and span settings. For details on individual functions and settings see Chapter 7.4.2, "Frequency and Span Settings",...
  • Page 308 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration spectrum or for the measurement time (horizontal, x-axis). The settings for the vertical axis, regarding amplitude and scaling, are described here. "Auto Settings" are described in Chapter 7.8, "Adjusting Settings Automatically", on page 343.
  • Page 309 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Reference level offset If the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the R&S FPL1000, you can define an (arithmetic) offset to the reference level so the application shows correct power results.
  • Page 310 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration attenuation values cause the inherent noise (i.e the noise floor) to rise and the sensitiv- ity of the analyzer decreases. The sensitivity of a signal analyzer is directly influenced by the selected RF attenua- tion.
  • Page 311 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Reference Level......................311 └ Shifting the Display (Offset)................311 └ Unit........................312 └ Setting the Reference Level Automatically (Auto Level).......312 Attenuation Mode / Value.................... 313 Impedance........................313 Preamplifier......................... 313 Reference Level Defines the expected maximum input signal level.
  • Page 312 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Define an offset if the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the R&S FPL1000 so the application shows correct power results. All displayed power level results are shifted by this value.
  • Page 313 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration If necessary, you can optimize the reference level further. Decrease the attenuation level manually to the lowest possible value before an overload occurs, then decrease the reference level in the same way. You can change the measurement time for the level measurement if necessary (see "Changing the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Manual)"...
  • Page 314 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration 7.5.3 Scaling the Y-Axis The individual scaling settings that affect the vertical axis are described here. Access: "Overview" > "Amplitude" > "Scale" tab Or: [AMPT] > "Scale Config" The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 11.8.3, "Configuring the Vertical Axis (Amplitude,...
  • Page 315 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Values from -120 % to +600 % are available. Larger values are useful for small scales, such as a power range of 10 dB or 20 dB, and low signal levels, for example 60 dB below the reference level.

  • Page 316: Bandwidth, Filter And Sweep Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 2. Use the "Auto Level" function ([AUTO] menu) to optimize the reference level. 3. Use the "AF Auto Scale" function ([AUTO] menu) to optimize the scaling. 4. To determine a precise level at a specific point in the signal: ●...
  • Page 317 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration When defining the bandwidth and filter settings, consider the impact of the individual settings on the other settings and the measurement result, as described in more detail in the following sections.
  • Page 318 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration If the RBW is too small, parts of the signal are lost. As the displayed signal always reflects the shape of the filter, select a bandwidth large enough so the displayed signal reflects the entire shape of the filter.
  • Page 319 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 7.6.1.4 Coupling Span and RBW The resolution bandwidth can be coupled to the span setting, either by a manually defined factor or automatically. If the span is changed, the resolution bandwidth is automatically adjusted.
  • Page 320 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration For an optimal sweep rate, it is recommended that you set the "Sweep Time" to "Auto", as well. For general purpose measurements, an "Auto" mode is available, which provides a compromise between a large dynamic range and a fast sweep.
  • Page 321 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Note that the "Sweep Time" only indicates how long data is captured; the time required to process the captured data may be considerably longer, in particular for FFT mode. For FFT mode, an estimated duration is indicated behind the "Sweep Time"...
  • Page 322 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration How to perform a basic sweep measurement is described in Chapter 7.2.1.2, "How to Perform a Basic Sweep Measurement", on page 98. Figure 7-43: Bandwidth dialog box for RF measurements User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─...
  • Page 323 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Figure 7-44: Sweep dialog box for spectrogram display RBW..........................323 VBW..........................324 Sweep Time........................ 324 Span/RBW........................325 RBW/VBW........................325 Filter Type........................325 Default Coupling......................326 Sweep/Average Count....................326 Sweep Points......................326 Optimization........................
  • Page 324 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration If "Auto" is selected, the resolution bandwidth is coupled to the selected span (for span > 0). If the span is changed, the resolution bandwidth is automatically adjusted. If the resolution bandwidth is defined manually, a green bullet is displayed next to the "RBW"...
  • Page 325 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration "Manual" For manual mode, define the "Sweep Time". Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW. For details refer to the data sheet.
  • Page 326 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration ● MIL Std (6 dB) - requires EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) option For more information see Chapter 7.6.1.6, "Which Data May Pass: Filter Types", on page 320. Note: The EMI-specific filter types are available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measure- ment option is installed, even if EMI measurement is not active.
  • Page 327 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Remote command: on page 774 [SENSe:]SWEep[:WINDow<n>]:POINts Optimization In FFT mode, several FFT analysis steps are required to cover the entire measurement span. The span which is covered by one FFT analysis step is called subspan. The sub- span cannot be defined directly, but it can be optimized according to measurement requirements.
  • Page 328 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration While the measurement is running, the "Single Sweep" softkey and the [RUN SINGLE] key are highlighted. The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the high- lighted softkey or key again. Note: Sequencer.
  • Page 329 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Spectrogram Frames These settings are only available if spectrogram display is active. For more information see Chapter 7.10.2.3, "How to Display and Configure a Spectro- gram", on page 412. Select Frame ←...
  • Page 330 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 7.6.3 Reference: List of Available RRC and Channel Filters For power measurement a number of especially steep-edged channel filters are availa- ble (see the following table). The indicated filter bandwidth is the 3-dB bandwidth. The available Gaussian 3 dB sweep filters are listed in the R&S FPL1000 data sheet.

  • Page 331: Trigger And Gate Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 50 kHz CFILter 100 kHz CFILter 150 kHz CFILter FM Radio 192 kHz CFILter 200 kHz CFILter 300 kHz CFILter 500 kHz CFILter J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA);...
  • Page 332 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration cases you can define a trigger for the measurement. In FFT sweep mode, the trigger defines when the data acquisition starts for the FFT conversion. An "Offset" can be defined to delay the measurement after the trigger event, or to include data before the actual trigger event in time domain measurements (pre-trigger offset).
  • Page 333 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Example: In the following example, the second possible trigger event on the rising edge is ignored as the signal does not drop below the hysteresis (threshold) before it reaches the trigger level again.
  • Page 334 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Drop-out times for falling edge triggers If a trigger is set to a falling edge ("Slope" = "Falling", see "Slope" on page 339) the measurement is to start when the power level falls below a certain level. This is useful, for example, to trigger at the end of a burst, similar to triggering on the rising edge for the beginning of a burst.
  • Page 335 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration 7.7.1.2 Trigger Settings Access: "Overview" > "Trigger/Gate" External triggers from one of the TRIGGER INPUT / OUTPUT connectors on the R&S FPL1000 are configured in a separate tab of the dialog box. For step-by-step instructions on configuring triggered measurements, see Chap- ter 7.7.1.4, "How to Configure a Triggered...
  • Page 336 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration The trigger and gate settings are applied to the measurement when the dialog box is closed. Note: The zero span settings refer only to the preview diagram. The main diagram remains unchanged.
  • Page 337 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration External Trigger 1 ← Trigger Source Data acquisition starts when the TTL signal fed into the trigger input connector of the R&S FPL1000 meets or exceeds the specified trigger level. (See "Trigger Level"...
  • Page 338 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration For gated measurements, this setting also defines the gate level. For details on supported trigger levels, see the data sheet. Remote command: on page 784 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower on page 784 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IQPower on page 784 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal<port>]...
  • Page 339 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Trigger Holdoff Defines the minimum time (in seconds) that must pass between two trigger events. Trigger events that occur during the holdoff time are ignored. For more information, see "Trigger Holdoff"...
  • Page 340 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration To define an external trigger: 1. Connect an external device that will provide the trigger signal to one of the TRIG- GER INPUT / OUTPUT connectors on the R&S FPL1000 (for details see the R&S FPL1000 "Getting Started"...
  • Page 341 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Additionally, a delay time can be defined so that the first few measurement points after the gate opening are ignored. To indicate that a gate is used for the sweep, "GAT" and the gate source is displayed in the channel bar.
  • Page 342 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trigger and Gate Configuration Gate Delay Defines the delay time between the gate signal and the continuation of the measure- ment. The delay position on the time axis in relation to the sweep is indicated by a line labeled "GD".

  • Page 343: Adjusting Settings Automatically

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Adjusting Settings Automatically 7.8 Adjusting Settings Automatically Access: "Overview" > "Amplitude"/"Frequency" > "Auto Settings" Some settings can be adjusted by the R&S FPL1000 automatically according to the current measurement settings. In order to do so, a measurement is performed. You can configure this measurement.
  • Page 344 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Adjusting Settings Automatically Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically (Auto All) Activates all automatic adjustment functions for the current measurement settings. This includes: ● Auto Frequency ● Auto Level Remote command: on page 764 [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL Adjusting the Center Frequency Automatically (Auto Frequency) The R&S FPL1000 adjusts the center frequency automatically.

  • Page 345: Marker Usage

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Changing the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Manual) This function allows you to change the measurement duration for automatic setting adjustments. Enter the value in seconds. Note: The maximum possible measurement duration depends on the currently selected measurement and the installed (optional) hardware.
  • Page 346 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage ● Basics on Markers....................346 ● Marker Settings..................... 349 ● Marker Search Settings and Positioning Functions..........354 ● Marker (Measurement) Functions................. 362 ● How to Work With Markers................... 383 ● Measurement Example: Measuring Harmonics Using Marker Functions.....
  • Page 347 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage ● Softkeys for active markers (displayed on the screen) are highlighted blue. The softkey for the currently selected marker (for which functions are performed) is highlighted orange. ● To set individual markers very quickly, use the softkeys in the "Marker" menu. ●...
  • Page 348 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage 7.9.1.3 Marker Results Normal markers point to a sweep point on the time or frequency axis and display the associated numeric value for that sweep point. Delta markers indicate an offset between the level at the delta marker position and the level at the position of the assigned reference marker, in dB.
  • Page 349 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Function Activated marker or measurement function Function Result Result of the active marker or measurement function 7.9.2 Marker Settings Or: [MKR] > "Marker Config" The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 11.8.8.1, "Setting Up Individual Markers",...
  • Page 350 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Assigning the Marker to a Trace................. 351 Select Marker......................351 All Markers Off......................352 Selected Marker Marker name. The marker which is currently selected for editing is highlighted orange. Remote command: Marker selected via suffix <m>...
  • Page 351 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage If the reference marker is deactivated, the delta marker referring to it is also deactiva- ted. If a fixed reference point is configured (see "Defining a Fixed Reference" on page 354), the reference point ("FXD") can also be selected instead of another marker.
  • Page 352 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] on page 842 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] All Markers Off Deactivates all markers in one step. Remote command: on page 843 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:AOFF 7.9.2.2 General Marker Settings Some general marker settings allow you to influence the marker behavior for all mark- ers.
  • Page 353 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Marker Table Display....................353 Marker Info........................353 Marker Stepsize......................354 Defining a Fixed Reference..................354 Marker Table Display Defines how the marker information is displayed. "On" Displays the marker information in a table in a separate area beneath the diagram.
  • Page 354 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Marker Stepsize Defines the size of the steps that the marker position is moved using the rotary knob. "Standard" The marker position is moved in steps of (Span/1000), which corre- sponds approximately to the number of pixels for the default display of 1001 sweep points.
  • Page 355 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage For more information on searching for signal peaks see Chapter 7.9.4.8, "Marker Peak List", on page 379. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 11.8.8.4, "Positioning the Marker", on page 851.
  • Page 356 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage "Left" Determines the next maximum/minimum to the left of the current peak. "Absolute" Determines the next maximum/minimum to either side of the current peak. "Right" Determines the next maximum/minimum to the right of the current peak.
  • Page 357 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Search Limits (Left / Right) ← Search Limits If activated, limit lines are defined and displayed for the search. Only results within the limited search range are considered. For details on limit lines for searches, see "Peak search limits"...
  • Page 358 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Search Mode for Next Peak in X-Direction..............358 Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction..............358 Marker Search Type....................359 Marker Search Area....................359 Exclude LO........................359 Peak Excursion......................360 Auto Max Peak Search / Auto Min Peak Search............360 Search Limits......................
  • Page 359 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage "Up" Determines the next maximum/minimum above the current peak (in more recent frames). "Absolute" Determines the next maximum/minimum above or below the current peak (in all frames). "Down" Determines the next maximum/minimum below the current peak (in older frames).
  • Page 360 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage "On" The minimum frequency included in the peak search range is ≥ 5 × resolution bandwidth (RBW). Due to the interference by the first local oscillator to the first inter- mediate frequency at the input mixer, the LO is represented as a sig- nal at 0 Hz.
  • Page 361 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 850 CALCulate<n>:THReshold Use Zoom Limits ← Search Limits If activated, the peak search is restricted to the active zoom area defined for a single zoom. Remote command: on page 850 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:ZOOM[:STATe] Deactivating All Search Limits ←...
  • Page 362 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Search Minimum Sets the selected marker/delta marker to the minimum of the trace. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated. For spectrogram displays, define which frame the minimum is to be searched in. Remote command: on page 854 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum[:PEAK]...
  • Page 363 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chap- ter 11.8.8, "Working with Markers", on page 839. ● Precise Frequency (Signal Count) Marker............363 ● Measuring Noise Density (Noise Meas Marker)............365 ●...
  • Page 364 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Frequency resolution is further restricted by the RBW and sweep time settings. To determine the frequency of a signal point accurately without changing the sweep settings, the R&S FPL1000 is equipped with a signal counter. The signal counter sets the RF to the current marker position, then counts the zero crossings of the IF (thus the term signal counter) and derives the precise frequency value.
  • Page 365 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage 7.9.4.2 Measuring Noise Density (Noise Meas Marker) Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Select Marker Function" > "Noise Measurement" > "Noise Meas Config" Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Noise Measurement" > "Noise Meas Config" Using the noise measurement marker function, the noise power density is measured at the position of the marker.
  • Page 366 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage tionally. Logarithmic averaging is thus fully taken into account, which yields a value that is 1.45 dB lower than that of linear averaging. ● To allow for a more stable noise display, eight trace points on each side of the mea- surement frequency are averaged.
  • Page 367 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Marker State........................367 Marker Type........................ 367 Noise Measurement State...................367 Switching All Noise Measurement Off................. 367 Marker State Activates or deactivates the marker in the diagram. Remote command: on page 844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] on page 842 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] Marker Type...
  • Page 368 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Phase Noise" > "Phase Noise Config" For each of the 16 markers phase noise measurement can be activated. Phase noise is unintentional modulation of a carrier; it creates frequencies next to the carrier frequency.
  • Page 369 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote commands: on page 877 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 877 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? Phase Noise Measurement State................369 Defining Reference Point.................... 370 Switching All Phase Noise Measurements Off............370 Phase Noise Measurement State Activates or deactivates phase noise measurement for the reference point in the dia- gram.
  • Page 370 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage If activated, the delta markers display the phase noise measured at defined offsets from the reference position. Remote command: on page 876 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 875 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? Defining Reference Point Instead of using marker 1 as the reference marker, a fixed reference marker can be defined for phase noise measurement.
  • Page 371 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Figure 7-49: n dB down marker function The following marker function results are displayed: Table 7-24: n dB down marker function results Label Description Current position and level of marker 1 Offset value (n dB down) ndB down Bw / Determined bandwidth or pulse width (zero span) at the offset...
  • Page 372 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage on page 883 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? n dB down Marker State....................372 n dB down Value......................372 n dB down Marker State Activates or deactivates the special n dB down marker function. Remote command: on page 883 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe on page 883...
  • Page 373 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage You can move the position of the fixed reference marker graphically by dragging the display lines, or numerically by entering values for the marker position and level. Remote commands: "Example: Using a Fixed Reference Marker" on page 892 on page 869 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]...
  • Page 374 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Relative band power markers The results for band power markers which are defined as delta markers and thus have a reference value can also be calculated as reference power values (in dB). In this case, the result of the band power deltamarker is the difference between the absolute power in the band around the delta marker and the absolute power for the ref- erence marker.
  • Page 375 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage If the detector mode for the marker trace is set to "Auto", the RMS detector is used. The individual marker settings correspond to those defined in the "Marker" dialog box (see Chapter 7.9.2.1, "Individual Marker Setup",...
  • Page 376 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Span Defines the span (band) around the marker for which the power is measured. The span is indicated by lines in the diagram. You can easily change the span by mov- ing the limit lines in the diagram.
  • Page 377 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage the audio output. Thus, a displayed signal can be identified acoustically with the help of the internal loudspeaker or with headphones. This function requires the optional additional interfaces (R&S FPL1000-B5). This function is not available for Spectrum Emission Mask measurements or measure- ments on I/Q-based data.
  • Page 378 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 888 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] Continuous Demodulation If activated, the signal is demodulated continuously and sent to the audio output, instead of stopping the sweep at the marker frequency of marker 1 and demodulating there for the configured marker stop time.
  • Page 379 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 811 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume 7.9.4.8 Marker Peak List Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Marker Peak List" Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Marker Peak List" A common measurement task is to determine peak values, i.e.
  • Page 380 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Figure 7-50: Trace example The following table lists the peaks as indicated by the marker numbers in the diagram above, as well as the minimum decrease in amplitude to either side of the peak: Marker # Min.
  • Page 381 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote commands: "Example: Obtaining a Marker Peak List" on page 892 on page 872 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:STATe TRAC? LIST, see on page 832 TRACe<n>[:DATA] Peak List State......................381 Sort Mode........................381 Maximum Number of Peaks..................382 Peak Excursion......................
  • Page 382 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: on page 872 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT Maximum Number of Peaks Defines the maximum number of peaks to be determined and displayed. Remote command: on page 872 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:LIST:SIZE Peak Excursion Defines the minimum level value by which a signal must rise or fall so that it is identi- fied as a maximum or a minimum by the search functions.
  • Page 383 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage Remote command: 7.9.5 How to Work With Markers The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate in detail how to work with markers. ● How to Analyze a Signal Point in Detail..............383 ●...
  • Page 384 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage A vertical and a horizontal red display line are displayed, marked as "FXD". The normal marker 1 is activated and set to the peak value of the trace assigned to marker 1, and a delta marker to the next peak.
  • Page 385 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Marker Usage The marker is positioned on the trace maximum. 6. Set the measured signal frequency and the measured level as reference values: a) Press the [MKR FUNC] key b) Press the "Reference Fixed" softkey. The position of the marker becomes the reference point.

  • Page 386: Trace Configuration

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 7.10 Trace Configuration A trace is a collection of measured data points. The trace settings determine how the measured data is analyzed and displayed on the screen. ● Standard Traces....................386 ●...
  • Page 387 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration The detector activated for the specific trace is indicated in the corresponding trace information by an abbreviation. Table 7-25: Detector types Detector Abbrev. Description Positive Peak Determines the largest of all positive peak values of the levels measured at the individual frequencies which are displayed in one sample point Negative Peak Determines the smallest of all negative peak values of the levels measured at...
  • Page 388 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Detector Abbrev. Description CISPR Aver- CISPR The CISPR Average detector displays a weighted average signal level accord- age detector ing to CISPR 16-1-1. The average value according to CISPR 16-1-1 is the maximum value detected while calculating the linear average value during the specified dwell time.
  • Page 389 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Auto detector If the R&S FPL1000 is set to define the appropriate detector automatically, the detector is set depending on the selected trace mode: Trace mode Detector Clear Write Auto Peak Max Hold Positive Peak Min Hold...
  • Page 390 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Trace Mode Description Min Hold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed. The R&S FPL1000 saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is lower than the previous one.
  • Page 391 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration  Trace MeasValue  Trace The averaged trace is then stored in the trace memory. ● sweep count = 1 The currently measured trace is displayed and stored in the trace memory. No averaging is performed.
  • Page 392 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration increased relative to the average value. If the distorted amplitude distribution is aver- aged, a value is obtained that is smaller than the actual average value. The difference is -2.5 dB. This low average value is usually corrected in noise power measurements by a 2.5 dB factor.
  • Page 393 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration s = sample number x = sample offset from s n = aperture size 7.10.1.2 Trace Settings Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Traces" Or: [TRACE] > "Trace Config" You can configure the settings for up to 6 individual traces. For settings on spectrograms, see Chapter 7.10.2.2, "Spectrogram Settings",...
  • Page 394 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Remote command: Selected via numeric suffix of:TRACe<1...6> commands on page 817 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>[:STATe] Trace Mode Defines the update mode for subsequent traces. For details, see "Analyzing Several Traces - Trace Mode" on page 389.
  • Page 395 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Remote command: on page 819 [SENSe:][WINDow<n>:]DETector<t>[:FUNCtion] on page 820 [SENSe:][WINDow<n>:]DETector<t>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO Hold If activated, traces in "Min Hold", "Max Hold" and "Average" mode are not reset after specific parameter changes have been made. Normally, the measurement is started again after parameter changes, before the mea- surement results are analyzed (e.g.
  • Page 396 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration "Power" Activates linear power averaging. The power level values are converted into unit Watt prior to averag- ing. After the averaging, the data is converted back into its original unit. Use this mode to average power values in Volts or Amperes correctly.
  • Page 397 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Function Trace Settings Trace 3: Min Hold Auto Detector (Negative Peak) Traces 4-6: Blank Auto Detector Trace 1/ Trace 2/ Trace 3/ Trace 4 (Softkeys) Displays the "Traces" settings and focuses the "Mode" list for the selected trace. For details see Chapter 7.10.1.3, "How to Configure a Standard Trace",...
  • Page 398 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 3. For "Average" trace mode, define the number of sweeps to be averaged in the "Count:" field. 4. If linear scaling is used, select the "Average Mode": "Linear". 5. To improve the trace stability, increase the number of "Sweep Points" or the "Sweep Time"...
  • Page 399 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Example: In this example, you see the spectrogram for the calibration signal of the R&S FPL1000, compared to the standard spectrum display. Since the signal does not change over time, the color of the frequency levels does not change over time, i.e. ver- tically.
  • Page 400 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 1 = Spectrum result display 2 = Spectrogram result display 3 = Marker list 4 = Marker 5 = Delta marker 6 = Color map 7 = Timestamp / frame number 8 = Current frame indicator For more information about spectrogram configuration, see Chapter 7.10.2.2, "Spectro-...
  • Page 401 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Table 7-27: Correlation between number of sweep points and number of frames stored in the history buffer Sweep Points Max. History Depth ≤1250 20000 2001 12488 4001 6247 8.001 3124 16.001 1562 32.001...
  • Page 402 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration When active, the timestamp replaces the display of the frame number in the diagram footer (see Figure 7-55). Displaying individual frames The spectrogram diagram contains all stored frames since it was last cleared. Arrows on the left and right border of the spectrogram indicate the currently selected frame.
  • Page 403 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration In the new 3-dimensional spectrogram, the power is indicated by a value in a third dimension, the z-axis. The color mapping is maintained for the point in the 3-dimen- sional result display. This new display provides an even better overview of how the strength of the signal varies over time for different frequencies.
  • Page 404 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration views. If you rotate the spectrogram such that you see the frequency-frame-plane directly from above, the display is identical to the 2-dimensional spectrogram. Table 7-28: Effect of rotating the spectrogram in three dimensions Rotation to the left >...
  • Page 405 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration ● Cold Uses a color range from red to blue. Red colors indicate low levels, blue colors indicate high ones. The "Cold" color scheme is the inverse "Hot" color scheme. ●...
  • Page 406 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Example: In the color map based on the linear color curve, the range from -100 dBm to -60 dBm is covered by blue and a few shades of green only. The range from -60 dBm to -20 dBm is covered by red, yellow and a few shades of green.
  • Page 407 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Figure 7-58: Spectrogram with non-linear color curve (shape = -0.5) 7.10.2.2 Spectrogram Settings Access: [TRACE] > "Spectrogram Config" The individual settings available for spectrogram display are described here. For set- tings on color mapping, see "Color Map Settings"...
  • Page 408 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration State..........................408 3D Spectrogram State....................408 Select Frame.......................409 History Depth......................409 3-D Display Depth....................... 409 Time Stamp......................... 409 Color Mapping......................409 Continuous Sweep / Run Cont..................409 Single Sweep / Run Single..................410 Clear Spectrogram...................... 410 State Activates and deactivates a Spectrogram subwindow.
  • Page 409 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Remote command: on page 825 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] Select Frame Selects a specific frame, loads the corresponding trace from the memory, and displays it in the Spectrum window. Note that activating a marker or changing the position of the active marker automati- cally selects the frame that belongs to that marker.
  • Page 410 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration While the measurement is running, the "Continuous Sweep" softkey and the [RUN CONT] key are highlighted. The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highlighted softkey or key again. The results are not deleted until a new measurement is started.
  • Page 411 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration For more information on color maps see "Color Maps" on page 404. For details on changing color mapping settings see "How to Configure the Color Mapping" on page 414. In addition to the available color settings, the dialog box displays the current color map and provides a preview of the display with the current settings.
  • Page 412 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration "0" Colors are distributed linearly among the values ">0 to 1" More colors are distributed among the higher values Remote command: on page 828 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe Hot/Cold/Radar/Grayscale Sets the color scheme for the spectrogram. Remote command: on page 828 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor[:STYLe]...
  • Page 413 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration The spectrogram is updated continuously with each new sweep. 4. To display the spectrum diagram for a specific time frame: a) Stop the continuous measurement or wait until the single sweep is completed. b) Select the frame number in the diagram footer.
  • Page 414 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 4. If necessary, adapt the color mapping for the spectrogram to a different value range or color scheme as described in "How to Configure the Color Mapping" on page 414. How to Configure the Color Mapping The color display is highly configurable to adapt the spectrogram to your needs.
  • Page 415 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration 2. In the "Stop" field, enter the percentage from the right border of the histogram that marks the end of the value range. Example: The color map starts at -110 dBm and ends at -10 dBm (that is: a range of 100 dB). In order to suppress the noise, you only want the color map to start at -90 dBm.
  • Page 416 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration To set the color curve shape graphically using the slider ► Select and drag the color curve shape slider (indicated by a gray box in the middle of the color curve) to the left or right. The area beneath the slider is focused, i.e. more colors are distributed there.
  • Page 417 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Trace Configuration Trace Math Function....................417 Trace Math Off......................417 Trace Math Position....................417 Trace Math Mode......................417 Trace Math Function Defines which trace is subtracted from trace 1. The result is displayed in trace 1. The result refers to the zero point defined with the Trace Math Position setting.

  • Page 418: Display And Limit Lines

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines "Lin" Activates linear subtraction, which means that the power level values are converted into linear units prior to subtraction. After the subtrac- tion, the data is converted back into its original unit. This setting takes effect if the grid is set to a linear scale.
  • Page 419 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines 7.11.1 Display Lines 7.11.1.1 Basics on Display Lines Display lines help you analyze a trace – as do markers. The function of a display line is comparable to that of a ruler that can be shifted on the trace in order to mark absolute values.
  • Page 420 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Vertical Line <x>......................420 Horizontal Line 1/ Horizontal Line 2................420 Vertical Line <x> Activates a vertical display line in the diagram at the specified point of the x-axis, depending on the scale of the axis.
  • Page 421 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines 7.11.2 Limit Lines Limit lines allow you to check automatically whether the measured points are below or above specified values. ● Basics on Limit Lines.................... 421 ● Limit Line Settings and Functions.................
  • Page 422 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines 200 GHz. For the time range representation, negative times may also be entered. The allowed range is -1000 s to +1000 s. Figure 7-60: Example for an upper limit line Limits and Margins Limit lines define strict values that must not be exceeded by the measured signal.
  • Page 423 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Offsets and Shifting A configured limit line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Two different methods to do so are available: ● An offset moves the entire line in the diagram without editing the configured values or positions of the individual data points.
  • Page 424 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Figure 7-61: Margin violation for limit check Figure 7-62: Limit violation for limit check User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...
  • Page 425 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Storing and Recalling Limit Lines Limit lines can be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time (seeChapter 8.2, "Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data", on page 457).
  • Page 426 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines For the limit line overview, the R&S FPL1000 searches for all stored limit lines with the file extension .LIN in the limits subfolder of the main installation folder. The over- view allows you to determine which limit lines are available and can be used for the current measurement.
  • Page 427 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Unit The unit in which the y-values of the data points of the limit line are defined. Compatibility Indicates whether the limit line definition is compatible with the current measurement settings.
  • Page 428 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines This setting does not have any effect on limit lines that are defined by absolute values for the x-axis. Remote command: on page 903 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol:OFFSet Y-Offset Shifts a limit line that has relative values for the y-axis (levels or linear units such as volt) vertically.
  • Page 429 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Name...........................429 Comment........................429 Threshold........................429 Margin......................... 430 X-Axis..........................430 Y-Axis.......................... 430 Data Points........................430 Insert Value......................... 431 Delete Value........................431 Shift x.......................... 431 Shift y.......................... 431 Save..........................431 Import.......................... 431 └ File Explorer....................431 Export..........................431 └...
  • Page 430 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines For details on thresholds see "Thresholds" on page 422. Remote command: on page 907 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer:THReshold on page 910 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:THReshold Margin Defines a margin for the limit line. The default setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin). For details on margins see "Limits and Margins"...
  • Page 431 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines Remote command: on page 902 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol[:DATA] on page 904 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:LOWer[:DATA] on page 908 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer[:DATA] Insert Value Inserts a data point in the limit line above the selected one in the "Edit Limit Line" dia- log box.
  • Page 432 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines For details on the file format see Chapter 7.11.2.4, "Reference: Limit Line File Format", on page 436. The limit line can be imported again later by the R&S FPL1000 for use in other mea- surements.
  • Page 433 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines How to activate and deactivate a limit check A limit check is automatically performed as soon as any of the limit lines is activated. 1. To activate a limit check: Select the "Check Traces"...
  • Page 434 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines How to configure a new limit line 1. In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the "New" button. The "Edit Limit Line" dialog box is displayed. The current line configuration is dis- played in the preview area of the dialog box.
  • Page 435 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines How to move the limit line vertically or horizontally A configured limit line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Thus, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing limit line which has been shifted horizontally.
  • Page 436 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Display and Limit Lines 2. Select the "New" or "Edit" button. 3. Select "Import" to load a limit line from a file. You are asked whether you would like to save the current configuration on the R&S FPL1000 first.

  • Page 437: Zoomed Displays

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays File contents Description XAxisUnit;FREQ_HZ Unit of x values XAxisScaleMode;ABSOLUTE Scaling of x-axis (absolute or relative) YAxisUnit;LEVEL_DB Unit of y values YAxisScaleMode;ABSOLUTE Scaling of y-axis (absolute or relative) NoOfPoints;5 Number of points the line is defined by Data section for individual data points -4500000000;-50 x- and y-values of each data point defining the line...
  • Page 438 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays already been zoomed graphically. In this case, the temporary changes to the display are replaced by permanent changes to the measurement settings with the same effect. Example: Assume you have a spectrum display from a spurious emission measurement. You graphically zoom into the area around a detected spur.
  • Page 439 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays Figure 7-64: Multiple zoom Using the zoom area to restrict a peak search The selected zoom area can be used to restrict the search range for a peak search, but only in single zoom mode (see "Use Zoom Limits"...
  • Page 440 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays Multi-Zoom In multiple zoom mode, you can enlarge several different areas of the trace simultane- ously. An overview window indicates the zoom areas in the original trace, while the zoomed trace areas are displayed in individual windows. The zoom area that corre- sponds to the individual zoom display is indicated in the lower right corner, between the scrollbars.
  • Page 441 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays X-Lock ← Measurement Zoom If activated, the x-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures. Y-Lock ← Measurement Zoom If activated, the y-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures.
  • Page 442 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays To zoom into the diagram at one position Click on the "Single Zoom" icon in the toolbar. Zoom mode is activated. 2. Tap and drag your finger in the diagram to select the area to be enlarged. The selected area is indicated by a dotted rectangle.
  • Page 443 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Zoomed Displays 2. Select the first area in the diagram to be enlarged as described in "To zoom into the diagram at one position" on page 442. The selected area is indicated by a dot- ted rectangle.

  • Page 444: Importing And Exporting Measurement Results For Evaluation

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation To perform a measurement zoom Performing a measurement zoom automatically adapts the measurement settings to reflect a graphically zoomed display. 1. Select the "Measurement Zoom" icon from the toolbar. 2.
  • Page 445 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 7.13.1 Displaying a Reference Trace - Importing Trace Data Trace data that was stored during a previous measurement can be imported to the Spectrum application, for example as a reference trace. The data in the import file must have a specified format (see Chapter 7.13.6, "Refer- ence: ASCII File Export...
  • Page 446 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation "Import to Trace" = 3: trace 3 is not available in the import file, thus trace 1 is imported and displayed as trace 3 in the result display "Import to Trace"...
  • Page 447 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Export all Traces and all Table Results............... 447 Include Instrument & Measurement Settings.............. 447 Trace to Export......................447 Decimal Separator...................... 448 Export Trace to ASCII File...................448 └...
  • Page 448 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Decimal Separator Defines the decimal separator for floating-point numerals for the data export/import files. Evaluation programs require different separators in different languages. Remote command: on page 918 FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator Export Trace to ASCII File Saves the selected trace or all traces in the currently active result display to the speci-...
  • Page 449 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File Type ← Export Trace to ASCII File Determines the format of the ASCII file to be imported or exported. Depending on the external program in which the data file was created or is evaluated, a comma-separated list (CSV) or a plain data format (DAT) file is required.
  • Page 450 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 7.13.3 How to Import Traces Trace data that was stored during a previous measurement can be imported to the Spectrum application, for example as a reference trace. To import trace data 1.
  • Page 451 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 7.13.5 How to Export a Peak List You can save the results of a marker peak list to an ASCII file. 1. Press the [MKR FUNCT] key. 2.
  • Page 452 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Generally, the format of this ASCII file can be processed by spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS-Excel. Different language versions of evaluation programs may require a different handling of the decimal point. Thus you can define the decimal sep- arator to be used (decimal point or comma, see "Decimal Separator"...
  • Page 453 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File contents Description x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values: Hz with span > 0; s with span = 0; dBm/dB with statistics measurements y-Unit;dBm; Unit of y values: dB*/V/A/W depending on the selected unit with y-axis LOG or % with y-axis LIN Data section for individual window Window;1;Frequency Sweep...
  • Page 454 ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File contents Description Start;10000;Hz Start/stop of the display range. Stop;100000;Hz Unit: Hz for span > 0, s for span = 0, dBm/dB for statistics mea- surements Ref Level;-30;dBm Reference level...

  • Page 455: Optimizing Measurements

    ® The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) R&S FPL1000 Optimizing Measurements 7.14 Optimizing Measurements 7.14.1 Minimizing the Measurement Duration If you want to minimize the measurement duration, try the following methods to opti- mize the measurement: ● Reduce the span of the measurement to the relevant parts of the signal only. ●...

  • Page 456: Data Management

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Restoring the Default Instrument Configuration (Preset) 8 Data Management The R&S FPL1000 allows you to save and recall measurement settings. Measurement data can be exported and imported for a later analysis, the graphical result display can be stored to a file or printed.

  • Page 457: Storing And Recalling Instrument Settings And Measurement Data

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data To restore the default configuration for a single channel setup The default measurement settings can also be reset for an individual channel setup only, rather than resetting the entire instrument. ►...
  • Page 458 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Saving and recalling transducer and limit line settings If a transducer file was in use when the save set was stored (with the save item "Cur- rent Settings" only) the R&S FPL1000 assumes that these transducer values should remain valid after every recall of that save set.
  • Page 459 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data If a channel setup with the same name as the "Channel" to be restored is already active, the name for the new channel setup is extended by a consecutive number: 8.2.1.1 Quick Save / Quick Recall Settings Access: "Save"/ "Open"...
  • Page 460 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data During recall, save sets of type "Instrument" replace the settings of the entire instru- ment. All other save sets start a new channel setup with the stored settings. Rename ←...
  • Page 461 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data ● Stored Data Types....................461 ● Storage Location and Filename................461 ● Save and Recall Dialog Boxes................461 ● Startup Recall Settings..................464 8.2.2.1 Stored Data Types The following types of data can be stored to and loaded from files via the "Save" dialog box on the R&S FPL1000: Table 8-1: Items that can be stored to files Item...
  • Page 462 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files............462 File Name........................462 Comment........................463 File Explorer........................ 463 File Type........................463 Items:.......................... 463 Save File........................463 Recall in New Channel / Recall in Current Channel............463 Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files Select the storage location of the file on the instrument or an external drive.
  • Page 463 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data File names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. In partic- ular, they must not contain special characters such as ":", "*", "?". For details on the filename and location, see Chapter 8.2.2.2, "Storage Location and Filename", on page 461.
  • Page 464 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Note: After you use the "Recall" function, the history of previous actions is deleted, i.e. any actions performed previously cannot be undone or redone using the [UNDO/ REDO] keys.
  • Page 465 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Remote command: on page 927 MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files Select the storage location of the file on the instrument or an external drive. The default storage location for the SEM settings files is: C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\sem_std.
  • Page 466 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data 4. To restore the settings, select the "Open" icon from the toolbar. 5. Select the save set in which the settings were stored ("QuickSaveX"). The selected settings are restored to the instrument or channel setup. To save configurable instrument settings 1.

  • Page 467: Import/Export Functions

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Import/Export Functions 6. Select "Recall". The settings and selected items from the saved measurement are restored and you can repeat the measurement with the same settings. Note that any changes made to the settings after storing the configuration file will be overwritten by the stored values when the configuration file is recalled.
  • Page 468 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Import/Export Functions These functions are only available if no measurement is running. In particular, if Continuous Sweep / Run Cont is active, the import/export functions are not available. Import.......................... 468 Export..........................468 └ Export Trace to ASCII File................
  • Page 469 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Import/Export Functions If the spectrogram display is selected when you perform this function, the entire histo- gram buffer with all frames is exported to a file. The data for a particular frame begins with information about the frame number and the time that frame was recorded. For large history buffers the export operation can take some time.

  • Page 470: Creating Screenshots Of Current Measurement Results And Settings

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Decimal Separator ← Export Trace to ASCII File ← Export Defines the decimal separator for floating-point numerals for the data export/import files. Evaluation programs require different separators in different languages. Remote command: on page 918 FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator...
  • Page 471 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings For step-by-step instructions, see Chapter 8.4.2, "How to Store or Print Screenshots of Display", on page 481. Remote commands for these settings are described in Chapter 11.9.4, "Storing or Printing Screenshots", on page 932.
  • Page 472 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot......................473 Print Multiple Windows....................473 Comment........................473 Print Logo........................473 Print Page Count......................473 Print Dialog........................473 Print Date and Time....................474 User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...
  • Page 473 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot Selects all measurement results displayed on the screen for the current channel setup (or "MultiView"): diagrams, traces, markers, marker lists, limit lines, etc., including the channel bar and status bar, for printout on a single page.
  • Page 474 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings This setting is only available if Print Screenshot is selected. Print Date and Time Includes or removes the current date and time at the bottom of the printout. Remote command: on page 940 HCOPy:TDSTamp:STATe<1|2>...
  • Page 475 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Zoom In / Zoom Out....................475 Page........................476 Zoom 1:1........................476 Page Up / Page Down....................476 Print..........................476 Zoom In / Zoom Out Zooms into (enlarges) or zooms out of (decreases) the preview display. Note that the zoom functions affect only the preview, not the printout itself.
  • Page 476 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Fit Page Adapts the preview display zoom factor so that one complete page is visible as large as possible in the available display space. Note that the zoom functions affect only the preview, not the printout itself.
  • Page 477 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Destination........................477 Suppress File Name Dialog..................478 Printer Name....................... 478 Print to file........................478 Install Printer....................... 478 Destination Defines the medium to which the printout is output. User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─...
  • Page 478 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings "File" Stores the printout to a file in the selected format. The filename is queried at the time of storage, or a default name is used (see Sup- press File Name Dialog).
  • Page 479 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 8.4.1.4 Page Setup Access: "Print" > "Print Config" > "Page Setup" tab Page settings are only available when printing on a printer or to a PDF file (see "Desti- nation"...
  • Page 480 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings If more than one window is printed on one page, each window is printed in equal size. Remote command: on page 939 HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:COUNt Scaling Determines the scaling of the windows in the printout if Print Multiple Windows is active (see...
  • Page 481 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings The settings provided here are identical to those in the "Print Colors" section of the "Display" > "Theme + Color" dialog box. "Print Colors" on page 508. 8.4.2 How to Store or Print Screenshots of the Display The measurement results displayed on the screen can be printed or stored to a file very easily.
  • Page 482 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 2. In the "Content" tab, define the elements of the screen and additional information to be included in the printout. a) Select "Print Screenshot" to include all elements displayed on the screen in a single-page printout.
  • Page 483 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings b) Select the result displays in the currently selected channel setup to be included in the printout. Tip: Select the "MultiView" before configuring the printout to include result dis- plays from any active channel setup.
  • Page 484 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 8.4.3 Example for Storing Multiple Measurement Results to a PDF File The following example describes the procedure to store results from measurements in the Spectrum application and the I/Q Analyzer to a single PDF file. 1.

  • Page 485: Working With Test Reports

    ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 13. Select "Windows Per Page": 1 to print a single result display on each page. 14. Select the "Scaling" option "Size to fit" to maximize the result display on each page. 15.
  • Page 486 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports The R&S FPL1000 features a test report generator. A test report is a document that summarizes the results and configuration of measurements. Figure 8-1: Example of a test report A test report is made up of one or more datasets. Each dataset contains the results and configuration of one measurement.
  • Page 487 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Figure 8-2: Types of information in the test report 1 = Logo (each page) 2 = Global information (each page) 3 = Measurement-specific information (per subreport) 4 = General instrument settings (per subreport) 5 = Measurement-specific settings (per subreport) 6 = Measurement results (per subreport) 7 = Date and page count (each page)
  • Page 488 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 8.5.1.1 General Contents Access: > "Report menu" > "Templates" > "General" > "▽" > "General" The "General" area defines general properties of the report document. Page format.........................488 File type........................488 Use Screen Colors......................
  • Page 489 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Date Adds the current date to each page of the report. Remote command: on page 951 HCOPy:TREPort:TDSTamp[:STATe] Page Count Adds page numbers to each page of the report. Remote command: on page 951 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe Report Path Defines the name of the report and the location where the report file is to be saved.
  • Page 490 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...
  • Page 491 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Figure 8-3: Example of a test report title page State: on page 953 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe Title: on page 952 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe Abstract: on page 944 HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...
  • Page 492 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 8.5.1.3 Measurement Information Access: > "Report menu" > "Templates" > "General" > "▽" > "Measurement Informa- tion" The "Measurement Information" area allows you to add user-defined information on the measurement to the report. You can add up to six lines to the report, plus one picture, for example a company logo.
  • Page 493 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Figure 8-5: Example for measurement-specific information in a test report State..........................493 Title..........................493 Value........................... 493 Visibility........................493 Logo..........................494 State Enables or disables the user-defined measurement information on the test report. Remote command: on page 947 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:STATe Title...
  • Page 494 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports "Subreport" Contents are valid for an individual measurement only. They are con- figured when you append the measurement results to the report, and included once for each subreport (measurement). Remote command: on page 945 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:CONTrol on page 948...
  • Page 495 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports For the R&S FPL1000, test reports are only available in Spectrum mode, and only if the R&S FPL1-K54 is installed. For details on the provided information, see: ● "Diagram" on page 117 ●...
  • Page 496 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports If you omit the path, the template is saved in the default directory (C:\Users\Public \Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user). Remote command: Query available templates: HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:CATalog? on page 949 Save Saves the current test report configuration to the specified Template name.
  • Page 497 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Remote command: on page 950 HCOPy:TREPort:NEW Report Append Adds a new dataset to the existing ones for the next test report. If measurement-spe- cific data is configured in the report template, a dialog box prompts you to provide the information for the appended dataset.
  • Page 498 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Save Access: > "Report menu" > "Save" Saves the test report with the selected items to the selected Report Path with the selected File type. If the option Suppress Dialog is enabled, the report is saved to the directory specified in the general contents area (see Report Path).
  • Page 499 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports Show Preview If enabled, a preview of the current test report configuration and contents is displayed. Note that it can take a short time until the preview has been created. The preview area provides typical viewing functions as in common PDF viewers. 8.5.5 How to Create a Test Report Using a test report you can summarize the results and configuration of measurements in a document directly from the Spectrum application.
  • Page 500 ® Data Management R&S FPL1000 Working with Test Reports 5. When the measurement is finished, save the results for your report: From the toolbar, select > "Report new" to delete any existing report data and start a new report. 6. Perform further measurements and save the results as required. From the toolbar, select >...

  • Page 501: General Instrument Setup

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Reference Frequency 9 General Instrument Setup Access: [SETUP] Some basic instrument settings can be configured independently of the selected oper- ating mode or application. Usually, you configure most of these settings initially when you set up the instrument according to your personal preferences or requirements. Then you only adapt individual settings to special circumstances when necessary.

  • Page 502: Display Settings

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Remote command: on page 955 [SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce 9.2 Display Settings 9.2.1 Display Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" Some general display settings are available regardless of the current application or operating mode. For information on optimizing your display for measurement results, see the application-specific result configuration descriptions.
  • Page 503 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen............. 503 Display Update Rate....................503 Set Date and Time...................... 503 Date and Time Format....................503 Background Lighting....................503 Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen The touchscreen function can be deactivated, e.g. when the instrument is being used for demonstration purposes and tapping the screen must not provoke an action.
  • Page 504 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Several elements on the screen display can be hidden or shown as required, for exam- ple to enlarge the display area for the measurement results. Toolbar........................504 Status Bar........................505 Softkey Bar........................505 Channel Bar........................
  • Page 505 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Status Bar The status bar beneath the diagram indicates the global instrument settings, the instru- ment status and any irregularities during measurement or display. Some of the information displayed in the status bar can be queried from the status reg- istry via remote commands, see Chapter 11.12, "Using the Status Register",...
  • Page 506 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Front Panel The "Front Panel" display simulates the entire front panel of the device (except for the external connectors) on the screen. Thus, you can interact with the R&S FPL1000 without the keypad and keys on the front panel of the device. That is useful, for exam- ple, when working with an external monitor or operating via remote control from a com- puter.
  • Page 507 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Note: You can also activate the mini front panel using the key combination [ALT + m] (be aware of the keyboard language defined in the operating system!). That is useful when you are working from a remote PC and the front panel function is not active. Remote command: on page 965 SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel[:STATe]...
  • Page 508 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Theme......................... 508 Print Colors......................... 508 Showing Print Colors on Display.................509 Theme The theme defines the colors and style used to display softkeys and other screen objects. The default theme is "IndustrialDark". Remote command: on page 967 DISPlay:THEMe:SELect Print Colors...
  • Page 509 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Showing Print Colors on Display Temporarily shows the currently selected print colors on the screen display. This func- tion can be used as a preview for printing. 9.2.1.4 External Monitor Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" > "Configure Monitor" You can connect an external monitor (or projector) to the DVI or display port connector on the instrument's rear panel (see the R&S FPL1000 getting started manual).
  • Page 510 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Display Settings Level Lock........................510 X-Lock......................... 510 Y-Lock......................... 510 Adapt Measurement to Zoom (selected diagram)............510 Level Lock If activated (default), the reference level (and thus the attenuation) is locked, that is: remains unchanged during touch gestures on the screen. X-Lock If activated, the x-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch ges- tures.

  • Page 511: Language Settings

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Language Settings Icon Function Turn left Enter Turn right Mini front panel The mini front panel provides only the keys on the touchscreen, to operate the R&S FPL1000 via an external monitor or remote desktop. By default, the "Auto close"...

  • Page 512: System Configuration Settings

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings 9.4 System Configuration Settings Access: [Setup] > "System Configuration" ● Hardware Information....................512 ● Information on Versions and Options..............512 ● System Messages....................514 ● Firmware Updates....................515 ● General Configuration Settings................516 ● Additional Interfaces....................517 9.4.1 Hardware Information...
  • Page 513 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings The table also contains: ● The open source acknowledgements (PDF file) for the firmware and other software packages used by the R&S FPL1000 ● The European License Agreement (EULA) for LucasFonts RSCorpid Expired option licenses If an option is about to expire, a message box is displayed to inform you.
  • Page 514 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings IVI Shared Components EULA: Open Displays a PDF file containing copyright information on the IVI shared components used by the R&S FPL1000 firmware. Install Option Opens an edit dialog box to enter the license key for the option that you want to install. Install Option by XML Opens a file selection dialog box to install an additional option to the R&S FPL1000 using an XML file.
  • Page 515 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings Component hardware messages: name of the affected module software messages: name of the affected software Date/Time date and time of the occurrence of the message Remote command: on page 974 SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? 9.4.4 Firmware Updates Access: [Setup] >...
  • Page 516 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 System Configuration Settings Remote command: on page 975 SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate How to Update the Instrument Firmware 1. Download the update package from the Rohde&Schwarz website and store it on a memory stick, on the instrument, or on a server network drive that can be accessed by the instrument.

  • Page 517: Service Functions

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions Out-of-range value behavior..................517 Out-of-range value behavior By default, if you enter a value that is outside the valid range in an input field for a set- ting, a warning is displayed and the value is not accepted. Alternatively, entries below the minimum value can automatically be set to the minimum possible entry, and entries above the maximum value set to the maximum possible entry.
  • Page 518 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions When unexpected problems arise with the R&S FPL1000 some service functions may help you solve them. For more helpful information for support, see also Chapter 12.6, "Collecting Information Support", on page 1029 ●...
  • Page 519 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions This data is stored to the C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer direc- tory on the instrument. The file name consists of the unique device ID and the current date and time of the file creation. If you contact the Rohde & Schwarz support to get help for a certain problem, send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster.
  • Page 520 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions Remote command: on page 617 *TST? on page 958 DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult? 9.5.3 Calibration Signal Display Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Calibration Signal" Alternatively to the RF input signal from the front panel connector you can use the instrument's calibration signal as the input signal, for example to perform service func- tions on.
  • Page 521 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Service Functions 9.5.4 Service Functions Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Service Function" Using service functions The service functions are not necessary for normal measurement operation. Incorrect use can affect correct operation and/or data integrity of the R&S FPL1000. Therefore, many of the functions can only be used after entering a password.

  • Page 522: Toolbar Configuration

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Toolbar Configuration Clear History Deletes the list of previously selected service functions. Password Most service functions require a special password as they may disrupt normal opera- tion of the R&S FPL1000. There are different levels of service functions, depending on how restrictive their use is handled.

  • Page 523: Transducers

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Figure 9-1: Inserting the Windows icon in the toolbar 3. To add an icon that is currently not visible: a) Select "More icons". All hidden icons are displayed in a menu. b) Drag the icon from the menu to the toolbar. The added icon is displayed.
  • Page 524 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers transducer factors for specific trace points. A set of transducer factors defines an inter- polated transducer line and can be stored on the instrument. In the Spectrum application, the correction factor from all active transducers is calcula- ted for each displayed trace point once in advance and is added to the result of the level measurement during the sweep.
  • Page 525 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers surements. The minimum frequency of a data point is 0 Hz, the maximum fre- quency 200 GHz. ● The value range for the transducer factor is ±200 dB. ● Gain has to be entered as a negative value, and attenuation as a positive value. Storing transducer factors Transducer factors can also be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time.
  • Page 526 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers For the transducer line overview, the R&S FPL1000 searches for all stored transducer lines with the file extension .TDF in the C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\trd directory. The overview allows you to determine which transducer lines are available and can be used for the current measurement.
  • Page 527 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers The following units are available: ● ● ● dBmV ● dBμV ● dBμV/m ● dBμA ● dBμA/m ● dBpW ● dBpT Compatibility Indicates whether the transducer factors are compatible with the current measurement settings.
  • Page 528 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Edit Line Edit an existing transducer line configuration. Copy Line Copy the selected transducer line configuration to create a new line. Delete Line Delete the selected transducer line. Remote command: on page 960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete 9.7.2.2 Transducer Factors...
  • Page 529 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers └ File Explorer....................530 Export..........................530 └ File Explorer....................530 Name Defines the transducer line name. All names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. The transducer data is stored under this name (with a .TDF extension) in the C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\trd directory.
  • Page 530 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Insert Value Inserts a data point in the transducer line above the selected one in the "Edit Trans- ducer" dialog box. Delete Value Deletes the selected data point in the "Edit Transducer" dialog box. Shift x Shifts the x-value of each data point horizontally by the defined shift width.
  • Page 531 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers 9.7.3 Reference: Transducer Factor File Format Transducer factor data can be exported to a file in ASCII (CSV) format for further eval- uation in other applications. Transducer factors stored in the specified ASCII (CSV) for- mat can also be imported to the R&S FPL1000 for other measurements.
  • Page 532 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers Stored transducer settings When storing and recalling transducer settings, consider the information provided in "Saving and recalling transducer and limit line settings" on page 458. The following tasks are described: ● "How to find compatible transducer lines" on page 532 ●...
  • Page 533 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Transducers In order to store the changes to the transducer lines in a settings file, select the "Save" icon in the toolbar. (See Chapter 8.2, "Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data", on page 457). How to copy an existing transducer line 1.

  • Page 534: Alignment

    ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment d) Repeat this to insert all other data points. To insert a data point before an existing one, select the data point and then "Insert Value". To insert a new data point at the end of the list, move the focus to the line after the last entry and then select "Insert Value".
  • Page 535 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment If you start a self-alignment remotely and then select the "Local" softkey while the alignment is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the alignment is completed. During self-alignment, do not connect a signal to the RF input connector. Running a self-alignment with a signal connected to the RF input can lead to false measurement results.
  • Page 536 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment ● If the position of the instrument has been changed and you cannot look straight on the screen ● If another person operates the instrument 9.8.2 Alignment Settings Access: [Setup] > "Alignment" Both the instrument and the touchscreen can be aligned when necessary (see Chap- ter 9.8.1, "Basics on Alignment",...
  • Page 537 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment Abort Self Alignment As long as the self-alignment data is being collected, the procedure can be canceled using the "Abort Self Alignment" button. Note: If you start a self-alignment remotely, then select the "Local" softkey while the alignment is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the alignment is completed.
  • Page 538 ® General Instrument Setup R&S FPL1000 Alignment 9.8.4 How to Align the Instrument Operating temperature Before performing this functional test, make sure that the instrument has reached its operating temperature (for details, refer to the data sheet). To perform a self-alignment Make sure no signal is connected to the RF input connector.

  • Page 539: Network And Remote Operation

    ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics 10 Network and Remote Operation In addition to working with the R&S FPL1000 interactively, located directly at the instru- ment, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC. Various methods for remote control are supported: ●...
  • Page 540 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Table 10-1: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Remarks Protocols, VISA address string ● Local Area HiSLIP High-Speed LAN Instrument Protocol (IVI-6.1) A LAN connector is located on the TCPIP::host address::hislip0[::INSTR] Network rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 541 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics The R&S FPL1000 supports various LAN protocols such as LXI, RSIB, raw socket or the newer HiSLIP protocol. IP address Only the IP address or a valid DNS host name is required to set up the connection. The host address is part of the "VISA resource string"...
  • Page 542 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics VXI-11 Protocol The VXI-11 standard is based on the ONC RPC (Open Network Computing Remote Procedure Call) protocol which in turn relies on TCP/IP as the network/transport layer. The TCP/IP network protocol and the associated network services are preconfigured. TCP/IP ensures connection-oriented communication, where the order of the exchanged messages is adhered to and interrupted links are identified.
  • Page 543 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics the port configured for remote-control. All R&S FPL1000 use port number 5025 for this purpose. The port is configured for communication on a command-to-command basis and for remote control from a program. LXI Web Browser Interface LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) is an instrumentation platform for measuring instruments and test systems that is based on standard Ethernet technology.
  • Page 544 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ● "LXI" – "Home" opens the instrument home page. The home page displays the device information required by the LXI standard, including the VISA resource string in read-only format.
  • Page 545 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics (See Chapter 10.4.5, "How to Control the R&S FPL1000 via the Web Browser Interface", on page 601.) ● "License Manager" – "License Manager" allows you to install or uninstall license keys and to acti- vate, register or unregister licenses.
  • Page 546 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Figure 10-1: Communication lines used by the GPIB interface User Manual 1178.3370.02 ─ 09...
  • Page 547 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Universal Commands Universal commands are encoded in the range 10 through 1F hex. They affect all instruments connected to the bus and do not require addressing. Command Effect on the instrument DCL (Device Clear) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the com- mand processing software to a defined initial state.
  • Page 548 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Tables provide a fast overview of the bit assignment in the status registers. The tables are supplemented by a comprehensive description of the status registers. 10.1.3 VISA Libraries VISA is a standardized software interface library providing input and output functions to communicate with instruments.
  • Page 549 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics – Queries cause data to be provided for remote control, e.g. for identification of the instrument or polling a parameter value. Queries are formed by directly appending a question mark to the command header. ●...
  • Page 550 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics 10.1.5.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the instrument. For demonstration purposes only, assume the existence of the following commands for this section: ●...
  • Page 551 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Example: Definition: HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[<N>] Command: HCOP:PAGE:DIM:QUAD2 This command refers to the quadrant 2. Different numbering in remote control For remote control, the suffix may differ from the number of the corresponding selec- tion used in manual operation.
  • Page 552 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics ● Numeric Values..................... 552 ● Special Numeric Values..................552 ● Boolean Parameters..................... 553 ● Text Parameters....................553 ● Character Strings....................553 ● Block Data......................554 Numeric Values Numeric values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and exponent. Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down.
  • Page 553 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics ● INF and NINF: INFinity and negative INFinity (NINF) represent the numeric values 9.9E37 or -9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as instrument respon- ses. ● NAN: Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as a instrument response.
  • Page 554 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1" HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1' Block Data Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. For example, a command using a block data parameter has the following structure: FORMat:READings:DATA #45168xxxxxxxx The ASCII character # introduces the data block.
  • Page 555 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Table 10-4: Special characters Parameters A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used. Example: Definition:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait Command HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND specifies landscape orientation...
  • Page 556 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM This command line contains two commands. Both commands are part of the HCOP command system, i.e. they have one level in common. If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels in common, the command line can be abbreviated.
  • Page 557 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics 10.1.6 Command Sequence and Synchronization IEEE 488.2 defines a distinction between overlapped and sequential commands: ● A sequential command is one which finishes executing before the next command starts executing. Commands that are processed quickly are usually implemented as sequential commands.
  • Page 558 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Example: Overlapping command with *OPC The instrument implements INITiate[:IMMediate] as an overlapped command. Assuming that INITiate[:IMMediate] takes longer to execute than *OPC, sending the following command sequence results in initiating a sweep and, after some time, setting the OPC bit in the ESR: INIT;...
  • Page 559 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics 4. Wait for a service request. The service request indicates that the overlapped command has finished. *OPC? with a service request 1. Set bit no. 4 in the SRE: *SRE 16 to enable MAV service request. 2.
  • Page 560 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics not used not used not used & logic AND not used of all bits logic OR one register for each channel HCOPy in progress LMARgin 8 FAIL CACLR FAIL LIMit 8 FAIL ALT3...11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL LMARgin 7 FAIL LIMit 7 FAIL...
  • Page 561 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics ● IST, PPE The IST flag ("Individual STatus"), like the SRQ, combines the entire instrument status in a single bit. The PPE fulfills the same function for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request.
  • Page 562 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics part can only be read, but not written into or cleared. Its contents are not affected by reading. ● PTRansition / NTRansition The two transition register parts define which state transition of the CONDition part (none, 0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) is stored in the EVENt part.
  • Page 563 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register The STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register is used by the R&S FPL1000 applica- tions and is described in the individual sections (manuals) for each application. ● Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)......563 ●...
  • Page 564 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning MAV bit (message available) The bit is set if a message is available in the output queue which can be read. This bit can be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller. ESB bit Sum bit of the event status register.
  • Page 565 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning Device-dependent Error This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between -300 and -399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered into the error queue.
  • Page 566 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 10-14 Not used This bit is always 0. STATus:QUEStionable Register The STATus:QUEStionable register contains information on instrument states that do not meet the specifications. The STAT:QUES:SYNC register is used by the applications and is thus described in the individual applications' User Manuals.
  • Page 567 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 6 - 7 Unused "CALibration" This bit is set if the R&S FPL1000 is unaligned ("UNCAL" display) "LIMit" (device-specific) This bit is set if a limit value is violated in any of the active channels in any window. STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register provides more information on the error type.
  • Page 568 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning ALT2 UPPer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel. ALT2 LOWer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel. ALT3 …...
  • Page 569 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Table 10-12: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO register Bit No. Meaning MESSage This bit is set if event or state has occurred that may lead to an error during further operation. INFO This bit is set if an informational status message is available for the application.
  • Page 570 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register The STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register contains information about the results of a limit check when you are working with limit lines. A separate LIMit register exists for each active channel and for each window. You can read out the register with STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<n>:CONDition? or STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<n>[:EVENt]?.
  • Page 571 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Table 10-15: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register Bit No. Meaning LMARgin 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated. LMARgin 2 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 2 is violated.
  • Page 572 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning Input Overload This bit is set if the signal level at the RF input connector exceeds the maximum. The RF input is disconnected from the input mixer to protect the device. In order to re-enable measurement, decrease the level at the RF input connector and reconnect the RF input to the mixer input.
  • Page 573 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics 10.1.7.4 Application of the Status Reporting System The purpose of the status reporting system is to monitor the status of one or several devices in a measuring system. To do this and react appropriately, the controller must receive and evaluate the information of all devices.
  • Page 574 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics The serial poll method is defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to be the only standard pos- sibility for different instruments to poll the status byte. The method also works for instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2.
  • Page 575 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Example: The decimal value 40 = 32 + 8 indicates that bits no. 3 and 5 in the status register (e.g. the QUEStionable status summary bit and the ESB bit in the STatus Byte ) are set. Error Queue Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue.
  • Page 576 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Remote Control Basics Event Switching on supply DCL, *RST or STA- *CLS voltage SYS- Tus:PRE- Tem:PRE Power-On-Status- (Device Clear Clear, Selected Device Effect Clear) Clear ENABle parts of all OPERation and QUEStionable registers; Fill ENABle parts of all other registers with "1".

  • Page 577: Gpib Languages

    ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 GPIB Languages Error queues The error queue should be queried after every service request in the controller pro- gram as the entries describe the cause of an error more precisely than the status regis- ters.

  • Page 578: Network And Remote Control Settings

    ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Language Comment R&S FSV R&S FSL Notes: ● If you select a language other than "SCPI", the GPIB address is set to 18 if it was 20 before. ●...
  • Page 579 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Step-by-step instructions are provided in Chapter 10.4, "How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control", on page 591. ● General Network Settings..................579 ● Remote Settings....................581 ● Compatibility Settings....................584 ●...
  • Page 580 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Computer Name......................580 Address........................581 Subnet Mask....................... 581 DHCP.......................... 581 Network Configuration....................581 Computer Name Each instrument is delivered with an assigned computer name, but this name can be changed. The naming conventions of Windows apply. If too many characters and/or numbers are entered, an error message is displayed in the status line.
  • Page 581 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings IP Address Defines the IP address. The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP server is available ("DHCP On"), the setting is read-only. The IP address consists of four number blocks separated by dots.
  • Page 582 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings GPIB Address......................582 Identification String......................582 Reset to Factory String....................582 Remote Display Update....................583 GPIB Terminator......................583 Logging........................583 Display Remote Errors....................583 GPIB Address Defines the GPIB address. Values from 0 to 30 are allowed. The default address is 20. Remote command: on page 968 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess...
  • Page 583 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 969 SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory Remote Display Update Defines whether the display of the R&S FPL1000 is updated when changing from man- ual operation to remote control. Turning off the display update function improves performance during remote control.
  • Page 584 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings The error message remains in place when you switch to "Local" mode. To close the message box, select the "Close" icon. Only the most recent error is displayed in remote mode. However, in local mode, all errors that occurred during remote operation are listed in a separate tab of the "Net- work + Remote"...
  • Page 585 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Language........................585 Gain........................585 Sweep Repeat......................585 Coupling........................586 Revision String......................586 Resetting the Factory Revision................... 586 Language Defines the system language used to control the instrument. For details on the available GPIB languages, see Chapter 11.11.2, "Reference: GPIB Commands of Emulated HP Models",...
  • Page 586 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Coupling Controls the default coupling ratios in the HP emulation mode for: ● span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) ● resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth (RBW/VBW) For FSx, the standard parameter coupling of the instrument is used. As a result, in most cases a shorter sweep time is used than in case of HP.
  • Page 587 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Current LXI Configuration................... 587 Password......................587 LXI Manufacturer Description..................588 Reset........................588 Current LXI Configuration Displays the current LXI information from the R&S FPL1000 (read-only). "Current ver- Current LXI version sion"...
  • Page 588 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 971 SYSTem:LXI:PASSword LXI Manufacturer Description Instrument description of the R&S FPL1000 Remote command: on page 971 SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription LAN Reset Resets the LAN configuration to its default settings (LCI function). According to the LXI standard, an LCI must set the following parameters to a default state.
  • Page 589 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings The most recent error message during remote operation can be displayed on the screen, see "Display Remote Errors" on page 583. If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, the oldest error message is removed before the newest one is inserted.
  • Page 590 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: on page 973 SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:REMote 10.3.6 Returning to Manual Mode ("Local") When switched on, the instrument is always in the manual measurement mode and can be operated via the front panel. As soon as the instrument receives a remote com- mand, it is switched to the remote control mode.

  • Page 591: How To Set Up A Network And Remote Control

    ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Risk of network failure Consult your network administrator before performing the following tasks: ● Connecting the instrument to the network ●...
  • Page 592 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows Firewall Settings A firewall protects an instrument by preventing unauthorized users from gaining access to it through a network. Rohde & Schwarz highly recommends the use of the firewall on your instrument.
  • Page 593 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control By default, the instrument is configured to use dynamic TCP/IP configuration and obtain all address information automatically. This means that it is safe to establish a physical connection to the LAN without any previous instrument configuration.
  • Page 594 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 7. Close the dialog box. If you have entered an invalid IP address or subnet mask, the message "out of range" is displayed in the status line. If the settings are correct, the configuration is saved, and you are prompted to restart the instrument.
  • Page 595 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.1.3 How to Change the Instrument Name In a LAN that uses a DNS server (Domain Name System server), each PC or instru- ment connected in the LAN can be accessed via an unambiguous computer name instead of the IP address.
  • Page 596 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The instrument home page displays the device information required by the LXI stan- dard including the VISA resource string in read-only format. ► Press the "Device Indicator" button on the "Instrument Home Page" to activate or deactivate the LXI status LED to the right of the button.
  • Page 597 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control IP Configuration The "LAN Configuration > IP configuration" web page displays all mandatory LAN parameters and allows their modification. The "TCP/IP Mode" configuration field controls how the IP address for the instrument gets assigned (see also Chapter 10.4.1.2, "How to Assign the IP Address",...
  • Page 598 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 3. Select "Submit". 10.4.1.5 How to Change the GPIB Instrument Address In order to operate the instrument via remote control, it must be addressed using the GPIB address.
  • Page 599 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control At the same time you log on to the operating system, you are automatically logged on to the network. As a prerequisite, the user name and the password must be identical on the instrument and on the network.
  • Page 600 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.3.3 How to Activate or Deactivate the Automatic Login Mechanism Deactivating the automatic login mechanism When shipped, the instrument is already configured to automatically log on under Win- dows.
  • Page 601 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.5 How to Control the R&S FPL1000 via the Web Browser Interface Via the LXI browser interface to the R&S FPL1000 one or more users can control the instrument remotely from another PC without additional installation.
  • Page 602 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The most commonly used folders on the instrument are displayed, for example those that contain user data, as well as the top-most My Computer folder, from which you can access all other folders on the instrument.
  • Page 603 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 6. Set "Startup type" to "Disabled". 7. Select "Stop". 8. Select "Apply". The next time a user enters the IP address of the instrument in a web browser, an error message is displayed: Failed to connect to server (code.
  • Page 604 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.7.1 How to Configure the R&S FPL1000 for Remote Operation via Remote Desktop 1. Create a fixed IP address for the TCP/IP protocol as described in Chapter 10.4.1.2, "How to Assign the IP Address",...
  • Page 605 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control b) Select the users or create new user accounts as described in Chapter 10.4.3.1, "How to Create Users", on page 599. c) Select "OK" to confirm the settings. 7.
  • Page 606 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 4. Open the "Experience" tab. The settings on this tab are used to select and optimize the connection speed. 5. In the list, select the appropriate connection (for example: LAN (10 Mbps or higher)).
  • Page 607 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows will then map drives of the controller to the corresponding network drives. 9. To use printers connected to the controller while accessing them from the R&S FPL1000, activate the "Printers"...
  • Page 608 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control ● If activated, a bar showing the network address of the R&S FPL1000 will appear at the top edge of the screen. You can use this bar to reduce, minimize or close the window.
  • Page 609 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The firmware restarts and then automatically opens the "Soft Front Panel", i.e. the user interface on which all front panel controls and the rotary knob are mapped to buttons.
  • Page 610 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Restoring the connection to the R&S FPL1000 Follow the instructions above for setting up a connection to the R&S FPL1000. If the connection is terminated and then restored, the R&S FPL1000 remains in the same state.
  • Page 611 ® Network and Remote Operation R&S FPL1000 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Switching to manual mode is only possible via remote control then. This function is only available for the GPIB interface. 5. To enable the keys of the R&S FPL1000 again, switch the instrument to local mode (GTL - Go to Local), i.e.

  • Page 612: Remote Commands

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions 11 Remote Commands The commands required to perform measurements in the Spectrum application in a remote environment are described here. Compatibility with former R&S signal and spectrum analyzers As a rule, the R&S FPL1000 supports most commands from previous R&S signal and spectrum analyzers such as the FSQ, FSP, FSU, or FSV.

  • Page 613: Common Suffixes

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands ● Asynchronous commands A command which does not automatically finish executing before the next com- mand starts executing (overlapping command) is indicated as an Asynchronous command. ● Reset values (*RST) Default parameter values that are used directly after resetting the instrument (*RST command) are indicated as *RST values, if available.
  • Page 614 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands ..........................615 *PRE ..........................616 *PSC ..........................616 *RST ..........................616 *SRE ...........................616 *STB? ..........................617 *TRG ........................... 617 *TST? ..........................617 *WAI *CAL? Calibration query Initiates a calibration of the instrument and then queries the calibration status. Respon- ses >...
  • Page 615 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification. Usage: Query only *IST? Individual status query Returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form. The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll. Return values: <ISTflag>...
  • Page 616 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Common Commands Sets parallel poll enable register to the indicated value. The query returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal form. Parameters: <Value> Range: 0 to 255 *PSC <Action> Power on status clear Determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are preserved or reset when the instrument is switched on.

  • Page 617: Commands For Remote Instrument Operation

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Commands for Remote Instrument Operation *TRG Trigger Triggers all actions waiting for a trigger event. In particular, *TRG generates a manual trigger signal. This common command complements the commands of the TRIGger subsystem. *TRG corresponds to the INITiate:IMMediate command (see INITiate<n>[: on page 629).

  • Page 618: Selecting The Operating Mode And Application

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application SYSTem:CLOGging <State> This command turns logging of remote commands on and off. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ON | 1 Writes all remote commands that have been sent to a file. The destination is C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\ScpiLogging\ ScpiLog.<no.>.
  • Page 619 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application DISPlay:ATAB <State> This command switches between the MultiView tab and the most recently displayed channel setup. If only one channel setup is active, this command has no effect. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 620 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument:CREate:REPLace <ChannelName1>,<ChannelType>,<ChannelName2> This command replaces a channel setup with another one. Setting parameters: <ChannelName1> String containing the name of the channel setup you want to replace. <ChannelType> Channel type of the new channel setup. For a list of available channel setup types see INSTrument: on page 620.
  • Page 621 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Example: INST:LIST? Result for 3 channel setups: 'ADEM','Analog Demod','IQ','IQ Analyzer','IQ','IQ Analyzer2' Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Changing the Channel Setup Name" on page 64 "Defining a channel setup" on page 82 "New Channel Setup"...
  • Page 622 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument[:SELect] <ChannelType> | <ChannelName> This command activates a new channel setup with the defined channel setup type, or selects an existing channel setup with the specified name. Also see ●...
  • Page 623 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Before this command can be executed, the Sequencer must be activated (see on page 623). SYSTem:SEQuencer Example: SYST:SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer. INIT:SEQ:MODE SING Sets single sequence mode so each active measurement will be performed once.
  • Page 624 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application ON | 1 The Sequencer is activated and a sequential measurement is started immediately. OFF | 0 The Sequencer is deactivated. Any running sequential measure- ments are stopped. Further Sequencer commands (INIT:SEQ...) are not available.
  • Page 625 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Selecting the Operating Mode and Application //----------Creating a second measurement channel ---------------- //Create second IQ channel INSTrument:CREate:NEW IQ,'IQ 2' //Set sweep count SENS:SWEEP:COUNT 2 //Change trace modes DISP:TRAC1:MODE MAXH DISP:TRAC2:MODE MINH //Create new analyzer channel INSTrument:CREate:NEW SANalyzer,'Spectrum 2' //Activate ACLR measurement in channel 'Spectrum 2' CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect ACPower...

  • Page 626: Configuring And Performing Measurements

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Set marker to maximum in IQ1 and query result CALCulate:MARKer:MAXimum CALC:MARK:Y? //Switch to second IQ channel and retrieve results INST:SEL 'IQ 2';*WAI CALCulate:MARKer:MIN CALC:MARK:Y? //Switch to first Spectrum channel INST:SEL 'Spectrum';*WAI //Query one of the SEM results CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? CPOWer //Switch to second Spectrum channel...
  • Page 627 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive for performing measurements: .......................... 627 ABORt ....................627 INITiate<n>:CONMeas ....................628 INITiate<n>:CONTinuous ....................629 INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] ................629 [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent? ABORt This command aborts the measurement in the current channel setup and resets the trigger system.
  • Page 628 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging. SWE:COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps. INIT;*WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps. INIT:CONM;*WAI Continues the measurement (next 20 sweeps) and waits for the end.
  • Page 629 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Frequency Sweep" on page 97 "Zero Span" on page 97 "Continuous Sweep / Run Cont" on page 328 INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] This command starts a (single) new measurement. With sweep count or average count > 0, this means a restart of the corresponding number of measurements.
  • Page 630 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.2 Configuring Power Measurements The following commands work for several power measurements..........630 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:MODE ..........630 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? ..........632 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:SELect ..........632 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>[:STATe] ................633 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ..............633 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel ....................633 [SENSe:]POWer:TRACe CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:MODE <Mode> This command selects the trace display mode for power measurements.
  • Page 631 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <sb> Multi-SEM: 1 to 3 for all other measurements: irrelevant Parameters: <Measurement> ACPower | MCACpower ACLR measurements (also known as adjacent channel power or multicarrier adjacent channel measurements). Returns the power for every active transmission and adjacent channel.
  • Page 632 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "C/N" on page 151 "C/N0" on page 151 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:SELect <MeasType> This command selects a power measurement and turns the measurement on. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker <sb> irrelevant Parameters: <MeasType>...
  • Page 633 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 A standard frequency sweep is activated. *RST: Manual operation: "C/N" on page 151 "C/N0" on page 151 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet <Measurement> This command determines the ideal span, bandwidths and detector for the current power measurement.
  • Page 634 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <TraceNumber> Range: 1 to 6 *RST: Example: POW:TRAC 2 Assigns the measurement to trace 2. Manual operation: "Selected Trace" on page 137 11.6.3 Measuring Compression Points All remote control commands specific to compression point measurements are descri- bed here.
  • Page 635 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CONF:CME:REF MAN CONF:CME:REF:VAL -30 Manual operation: "Reference" on page 125 CONFigure:CMEasurement:REFerence[:MODE] <Mode> Determines how the reference value for the compression point measurement is defined. Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | MANual AUTO The reference value is determined automatically.
  • Page 636 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements To query the results of the 1 dB compression point measurement, use FETCh: on page 637. CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]? Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST:...
  • Page 637 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: Example: Enable calculation: CONF:CME:REF:PNDB ON Define compression value: CONF:CME:RES:CVAL 5 Query results: FETC:CME:PNDB? Manual operation: "Compression Points" on page 125 CONFigure:CMEasurement[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 638 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.3.2 Programming Example: Measuring Compression Points This example demonstrates how to determine compression points for an amplifier in a remote environment. //-----------Configuring the measurement ------------ //Reset the instrument *RST //Configure internal generator for power sweep from -30 dBm to -20 dBm //with level offset of 2 dB OUTP ON SOUR:POW:MODE SWE...
  • Page 639 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Checking Limits.....................647 ● Performing an ACLR Measurement..............652 ● Retrieving and Analyzing Measurement Results..........653 ● Programming Examples for Channel Power Measurements........ 654 11.6.4.1 Managing Measurement Configurations The following commands control measurement configurations for ACLR measure- ments.
  • Page 640 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "User Standards" on page 135 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:STANdard:DELete <Standard> This command deletes a file containing an ACLR standard. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker <sb> irrelevant Parameters: <Standard> String containing the file name of the standard. Manual operation: "User Standards"...
  • Page 641 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ............. 642 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel] ............643 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<ch> ............643 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<ch> ..............643 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs <ChannelPairs> This command defines the number of pairs of adjacent and alternate channels. Parameters: <ChannelPairs> Range: 0 to 12 *RST: Manual operation: "Number of channels: Tx, Adj"...
  • Page 642 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ch> 1..n Tx channel number Parameters: <Bandwidth> Range: 100 Hz to 1000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "Channel Bandwidth" on page 139 "Channel Bandwidth" on page 152 "Channel Bandwidth"...
  • Page 643 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Spacing> Range: 100 Hz to 2000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "Channel Spacings" on page 139 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<ch> <Spacing> This command defines the distance from transmission channel to alternate channels. If you set the channel spacing for the first alternate channel, the R&S FPL1000 adjusts the spacing of alternate channels of a lower order, but not the other way round.
  • Page 644 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Number> Range: 1 to 18 *RST: Manual operation: "Number of channels: Tx, Adj" on page 136 11.6.4.3 Defining Weighting Filters The following commands define weighting filters for ACLR measurements............644 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ACHannel ...............
  • Page 645 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:CHANnel<ch> <Alpha> This command defines the roll-off factor for the transmission channel weighting filter. Suffix: <ch> 1..n Tx channel number Parameters: <Alpha> Roll-off factor Range: 0 to 1 *RST: 0.22 Manual operation: "Weighting Filters"...
  • Page 646 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: "Weighting Filters" on page 141 11.6.4.4 Selecting the Reference Channel The following commands define the reference channel for relative ACLR measure- ments.
  • Page 647 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <ChannelNumber> Range: 1 to 18 *RST: Manual operation: "Reference Channel" on page 136 11.6.4.5 Checking Limits The following commands configure and query limit checks for channel power and ACLR measurements. The results of the power limit checks are also indicated in the STAT:QUES:ACPL sta- tus registry (see "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register"...
  • Page 648 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe This command turns the absolute limit check for the adjacent channels on and off. You have to activate the general ACLR limit check before using this command with CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower[:STATe]. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 649 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant Return values: <LowerACH> text value Thestate of the limit check for the lower adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed. FAIL Limit check has failed. <UpperACH> text value The state of the limit check for the upper adjacent channels.
  • Page 650 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FPL1000 uses the lower value for the limit check. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <LowerLimit>...
  • Page 651 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <li> irrelevant <ch> 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: <LowerLimit> The limit of the lower alternate channel. Range: 0 dB to 100 dB *RST: 0 dB Default unit: dB <UpperLimit> The limit of the upper alternate channel. Range: 0 dB to 100 dB *RST:...
  • Page 652 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: INIT:IMM;*WAI; CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES? PASSED,PASSED Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower:ALTernate<ch>[:RELative]:STATe This command turns the relative limit check for the alternate channels on and off. You have to activate the general ACLR limit check before using this command with CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ACPower[:STATe].
  • Page 653 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.4.7 Retrieving and Analyzing Measurement Results The following commands retrieve and analyze measurement results for ACLR mea- surements. Useful commands for channel power measurements described elsewhere ● on page 630 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? ●...
  • Page 654 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements You need at least one adjacent channel for the command to work. Parameters: <Mode> ABSolute | RELative ABSolute Shows the absolute power of all channels RELative Shows the power of adjacent and alternate channels in relation to the transmission channel *RST: RELative...
  • Page 655 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define a bandwidth of 30 kHz for the adjacent channel. POW:ACH:BWID:ACH 30kHz //Define a bandwidth of 30 kHz for the first alternate channel. POW:ACH:BWID:ALT1 30kHz //Define a distance of 33 kHz from the center of the transmission channel to the //center of the adjacent channel.
  • Page 656 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:LIM:ACP ON //Turn the relative limit check for adjacent channels on. CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON //Turn the absolute limit check for adjacent channels on. CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON //Turn the absolute limit check for the first alternate channel on. CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1:ABS:STAT ON //--------------Performing the Measurement----- //Determine the ideal ACLR measurement configuration.
  • Page 657 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements POW:ACH:PRES CN //Optimizes the instrument settings according to the channel bandwidth. POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV //Determines the ideal reference level for the measurement. //--------------Performing the Measurement----- INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. INIT;*WAI //Initiates a new measurement and waits until the sweep has finished. // Now turn off the carrier signal and repeat the measurement: INIT;*WAI //Initiates a new measurement and waits until the sweep has finished.
  • Page 658 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Retrieving results: ● on page 630 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer<sb>:RESult? Remote commands exclusive to occupied bandwidth measurements: ....................658 [SENSe:]POWer:BWIDth ...................658 [SENSe:]POWer:BANDwidth [SENSe:]POWer:BWIDth <Percentage> [SENSe:]POWer:BANDwidth <Percentage> This command selects the percentage of the total power that defines the occupied bandwidth.
  • Page 659 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Initiate a new measurement and waits until the sweep has finished. INIT;*WAI //---------------Retrieving Results------------- //Return the occupied bandwidth. CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW 11.6.7 Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask All remote control commands specific to spectrum emission mask measurements are described here.
  • Page 660 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <sb> irrelevant CALC:LIM:ESP:REST Example: Resets the limit lines for the current Spectrum Emission Mask standard to the default setting. [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:PRESet[:STANdard] <Standard> This command loads a measurement configuration. Standard definitions are stored in an xml file. The default directory for SEM standards is C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\sem_std.
  • Page 661 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Save Standard" on page 185 11.6.7.2 Controlling the Measurement The following commands control the measurement itself....................661 INITiate<n>:ESPectrum ....................661 [SENSe:]SWEep:MODE INITiate<n>:ESPectrum This command initiates a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 662 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to multi-SEM measurements ..................662 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:SCENter ................... 662 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:SCOunt [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:SCENter <Frequency> This command defines the center frequency of the selected sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Frequency>...
  • Page 663 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements See also: ● CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:LIMit[:STATe] on page 681 .................. 663 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:HSPeed ........... 664 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:BANDwidth:RESolution ..........664 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:BANDwidth:VIDeo ..............664 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:COUNt? ..............665 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:DELete ............665 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:FILTer:TYPE ..........666 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STARt ..........666 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STOP ..........667 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation ........
  • Page 664 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Fast SEM" on page 175 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:BANDwidth:RESolution <RBW> This command defines the resolution bandwidth for a SEM range. In case of high speed measurements, the resolution bandwidth has to be identical for all ranges.
  • Page 665 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:DELete This command removes a range from the sweep list. Note that ● you cannot delete the reference range ● a minimum of three ranges is mandatory. Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 666 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STARt <Frequency> This command defines the start frequency of a SEM range. Make sure to set an appropriate span. If you set a span that is ● smaller than the span the SEM sweep list covers, the R&S FPL1000 will not mea- sure the ranges that are outside the span - results may be invalid.
  • Page 667 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation <Attenuation> This command defines the input attenuation for a SEM range. In case of high speed measurements, the input attenuation has to be identical for all ranges. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 <ri>...
  • Page 668 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN:STATe <State> This command turns the preamplifier for a SEM range on and off. In case of high speed measurements, the state of the preamplifier has to be identical for all ranges. Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 669 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Level> Absolute limit at the start frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: Default unit: dBm Example: SENSe:ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt -10 For a detailed example see Chapter 11.6.7.10, "Example: SEM Measurement", on page 685.
  • Page 670 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Level> Relative limit at the start frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: Default unit: dBc Example: SENS:ESP:RANG:LIM:REL:STAR -10 Manual operation: "Rel Limit Start / Stop <n>" on page 177 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STARt:ABS <Level>...
  • Page 671 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <li> 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined. Parameters: <Function> OFF | MAX Defines the function to be used to determine the relative limit line start value The maximum of the relative and the absolute level is used as the limit start value.
  • Page 672 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Rel Limit Start / Stop <n>" on page 177 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STOP:ABS <Level> This command defines an absolute limit for the MAX function of the relative limit for a SEM range. For more information see "Relative limit line functions"...
  • Page 673 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The maximum of the relative and the absolute level is used as the limit stop value. Use the [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>: RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative:STOP [SENSe: ]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:LIMit<li>:RELative: commands to define these values. STOP:ABS No function is used, the relative limit line is defined by a fixed relative stop value.
  • Page 674 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:POINts:MINimum[:VALue] <SweepPoint> Defines the minimum number of sweep points for the range. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 <ri> Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <SweepPoint> Minimum number of sweep points per range Range: 1 to 32001 *RST:...
  • Page 675 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <RefLevel> Reference level. Refer to the data sheet for the reference level range. *RST: 0 dBm Default unit: dBm Manual operation: "Ref Level" on page 176 [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:SWEep:TIME <SweepTime>...
  • Page 676 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RANGe<ri>:TRANsducer <Transducer> This command selects a transducer factor for a SEM range. Note that ● the transducer must cover at least the span of the range ● the x-axis has to be linear ●...
  • Page 677 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:BWID <Bandwidth> This command defines the channel bandwidth of the reference range. The bandwidth is available if the power reference is the channel power. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Bandwidth>...
  • Page 678 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: <RefRange> Number of the current reference range. Range: 1 to 30 Usage: Query only [SENSe:]ESPectrum<sb>:RTYPe <Type> This command defines the type of the power reference. Suffix: <sb> 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement Parameters: <Type>...
  • Page 679 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Setting parameters: <Max1> Defines the value range for power class 1 as -200 to <Max1>. Only available for CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUNT >=2 If only 2 power classes are defined, the value range for power class 2 is defined as <Max1>...
  • Page 680 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <sb> 1 to 3 Parameters: <Mode> AUTO The power class (and thus the limit line) is assigned dynamically according to the currently measured channel power. MANUAL One of the specified power classes is selected manually for the entire measurement.
  • Page 681 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> irrelevant <sb> 1 to 3 <pc> irrelevant Parameters: <NoPowerClasses> 1 to 4 *RST: Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUN 2 Two power classes can be defined. Manual operation: "Adding or Removing a Power Class" on page 183 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>[:EXCLusive] <State>...
  • Page 682 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <pc> 1..n power class Parameters: <State> ABSolute | RELative | AND | OR ABSolute Evaluates only limit lines with absolute power values RELative Evaluates only limit lines with relative power values Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values.
  • Page 683 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:ESPectrum<sb>:PCLass<pc>:MINimum <Level> This command defines the lower limit of a particular power class. Note: ● The first power class always has a lower limit of -200 dBm. ● The lower limit of a power class must always be the same as the upper limit of the previous power class.
  • Page 684 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO OFF Deactivates the list evaluation. Manual operation: "List Evaluation State (Result Summary)" on page 186 CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PSEarch[:IMMediate] CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch[:IMMediate] This command initiates a list evaluation.
  • Page 685 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Show Peaks" on page 186 11.6.7.8 Performing an SEM Measurement The following commands are required to perform an SEM measurement: ● SENS:SWE:MODE ESP, see on page 661 [SENSe:]SWEep:MODE ● on page 629 INITiate<n>[:IMMediate] 11.6.7.9...
  • Page 686 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ESP:RRAN? //Select the channel power as the power reference. ESP:RTYP CPOW //Define a channel bandwidth of 4 MHz for the power reference. ESP:BWID 4 MHZ //Use an RRC filter with a roll-off factor of 0.5 when measuring //the reference power.
  • Page 687 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Select an RRC filter for range 2. ESP:RANG2:FILT:TYPE RRC //Define a video bandwidth of 5 MHz for range 2. ESP:RANG2:BAND:VID 5000000 //Define a sweep time of 1 second for range 2. ESP:RANG2:SWE:TIME 1 //Define a reference level of 0 dBm for range 2.
  • Page 688 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define a relative limit of -20 dBc for the entire range 2 for power class 2. ESP:RANG2:LIM2:REL:STAR -20 ESP:RANG2:LIM2:REL:STOP -20 //------------ Configuring List Evaluation----------------- //Activate list evaluation, i.e. the peak is determined for each range //after each sweep.
  • Page 689 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> 11.6.8.2 Configuring a Sweep List The following commands configure the sweep list for spurious emission measure- ments. The sweep list cannot be configured using remote commands during an on-going sweep operation.
  • Page 690 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <RBW> Resolution bandwidth. Refer to the data sheet for available resolution bandwidths. Default unit: Hz Example: LIST:RANG2:BAND:RES 3KHZ Manual operation: "RBW" on page 205 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:BANDwidth:VIDeo <VBW> This command defines the video bandwidth for a spurious emission measurement range.
  • Page 691 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: LIST:RANG:COUN? Usage: Query only [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:DELete This command removes a range from the sweep list. Note that ● you cannot delete the reference range ● a minimum of three ranges is mandatory. Suffix: <ri>...
  • Page 692 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>[:FREQuency]:STOP <Frequency> This command defines the stop frequency of a spurious emission measurement range. Make sure to set an appropriate span. If you set a span that is ● smaller than the span the sweep list covers, the R&S FPL1000 will not measure the ranges that are outside the span - results may be invalid.
  • Page 693 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The available bandwidths of the filters are specified in the data sheet. Example: LIST:RANG2:FILT:TYPE NORM Manual operation: "Filter Type" on page 205 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:ATTenuation <Attenuation> This command defines the input attenuation for a spurious emission measurement range.
  • Page 694 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: LIST:RANG2:INP:GAIN:STAT ON Manual operation: "Preamp" on page 206 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:INPut:GAIN[:VALue] <Gain> This command selects the preamplification level for the range. Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Example: LIST:RANG2:INP:GAIN 15 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:LIMit:STARt <Level> This command defines an absolute limit for a spurious emission measurement range.
  • Page 695 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Level> Absolute limit at the stop frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: Default unit: dBm Example: LIST:RANG2:LIM:STOP 200 Manual operation: "Abs Limit Start/ Abs Limit Stop" on page 207 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<ri>:POINts[:VALue] <Points>...
  • Page 696 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <ri> 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: <SweepTime> Sweep time. The range depends on the ratios of the span to the RBW and the RBW to the VBW. Refer to the data sheet for more informa- tion.
  • Page 697 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.8.3 Configuring the List Evaluation The following commands configure the list evaluation. Useful commands for spurious emission measurements described elsewhere ● on page 942 MMEMory:STORe<n>:LIST Remote commands exclusive to spurious emission measurements ..................
  • Page 698 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements *RST: CALC:ESP:PSE:DET ON Example: CALC:PSE:SUBR 10 Includes up to 10 peaks per range in the list. Manual operation: "Details" on page 209 CALCulate<n>:PSEarch:MARGin <Threshold> CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch:MARGin <Margin> This command defines the threshold of the list evaluation. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 699 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <NumberPeaks> Range: 1 to 50 *RST: Example: CALC:PSE:SUBR 10 Sets 10 peaks per range to be stored in the list. Manual operation: "Peaks per Range" on page 209 11.6.8.4 Adjusting the X-Axis to the Range Definitions [SENSe:]LIST:XADJust Sets the x-axis range for the spurious emission measurement from the start frequency of the first sweep range to the stop frequency of the last sweep range.
  • Page 700 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements SWE:MODE LIST //Activates spurious emissions measurement INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. //Spurious measurement has to be in single sweep mode to be configured //and no sweep operation may be running! // If required, a sweep stop can be ensured by INIT:IMM;*WAI //---------------Configuring a Sweep List---------- LIST:RANG:COUNt?
  • Page 701 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements // Frequency Span 0 MHz to 20 Ghz SENSe1:CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA 0e6,5, 20e9,3 SENS:LIST:RANG1:TRAN 'Test' //Includes a transducer called 'Test' for range 1. LIST:RANG1:LIM:STAR 10 LIST:RANG1:LIM:STOP 10 //Defines an absolute limit of 10 dBm at the start and stop frequencies of range 1. LIST:RANG:LIM:STAT ON //Turns the limit check for all ranges on.
  • Page 702 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:STATistics:APD[:STATe] <State> This command turns the APD measurement on and off. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:STAT:APD ON Switches on the APD measurement. CALCulate<n>:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 703 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <Probability> Range: 0 % to 100 % Default unit: % Example: CALC1:MARK:Y:PERC 95PCT Positions marker 1 to a probability of 95 %. Manual operation: "Percent Marker (CCDF only)" on page 217 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:NSAMples <Samples>...
  • Page 704 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The gate length applies to all traces. Suffix: <t> irrelevant Parameters: <Length> Range: 100 ns to 1000 s *RST: 2 ms Default unit: s Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC:PER 5ms Defines the period for gated triggering to 5 ms. Manual operation: "Period"...
  • Page 705 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAT1 ON Activates gate range 1 for trace 1. Manual operation: "Gated Trigger" on page 218 "Range <x>...
  • Page 706 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Reference level (x-axis) 0.0 dBm ● Display range (x-axis) for APD measurements 100 dB ● Display range (x-axis) for CCDF measurements 20 dB ● Upper limit of the y-axis ● Lower limit of the y-axis 1E-6 Suffix:...
  • Page 707 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel <RefLevel> This command sets the reference level for statistical measurements. The effects are identical to DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel. Note that in case of statistical measurements the reference level applies to the x-axis. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 708 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer <Magnitude> This command defines the upper vertical limit of the diagram. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <Magnitude> The number is a statistical value and therefore dimensionless. Range: 1E-5 to 1.0 *RST: Example: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP 0.01 Manual operation:...
  • Page 709 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: <CCDF Result> Example: CALC:STAT:CCDF:X1? P10 Returns the level values that are over 10 % above the mean value. Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:STATistics:RESult<res>? <ResultType> This command queries the results of a measurement for a specific trace. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 710 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Activates APD measurement. CALC:STAT:NSAM 1000 //Sets the number of samples to be included in the statistical evaluation to 1000. //-------------Defining Gate ranges ----------------- SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:COMM 'GSM - useful part' //Defines a comment for the gate SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:PER 4.61536ms //Sets the gate period to 4.61536ms.
  • Page 711 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT //Displays percentage values on y-axis scale 11.6.10 Measuring the Time Domain Power All remote control commands specific to time domain power measurements are descri- bed here. ● Configuring the Measurement................
  • Page 712 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The number of results required for the calculation of average is defined with [SENSe: ]AVERage<n>:COUNt Averaging is reset by switching it off and on again. Synchronization to the end of averaging is only possible in single sweep mode. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 713 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] <State> This command turns the evaluation to determine the mean time domain power on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the measurement on the trace marker 1 is positioned on. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 714 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: "Results" on page 229 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe] <State> This command turns the evaluation to determine the standard deviation of the time domain power on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the measurement on the trace marker 1 is positioned on. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 715 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult? This command queries the maximum mean time domain power. The query is only pos- sible if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>: MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 716 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements See also on page 628. INITiate<n>:CONTinuous Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <PeakPower> Peak power of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult? This command queries the maximum positive peak time domain power. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
  • Page 717 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Measuring the RMS Power CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average RMS of the time domain power. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>: on page 711. MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 718 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <m> Marker Return values: <RMSPower> RMS power of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Results" on page 229 Measuring the Standard Deviation CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average standard deviation of the time domain power. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using on page 711.
  • Page 719 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:RESult? This command queries the standard deviation of the time domain power. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode.
  • Page 720 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON //Activates limit lines for evaluation. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 1ms //Sets the left limit line to 326 µs. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 6ms //Sets the right limit line to 538 µs. //--------------Performing the Measurement------------------------ INIT;*WAI //Initiates the measurement and waits until the measurement is finished.
  • Page 721 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON Activates the harmonic distortion measurement. 11.6.11.2 Configuring the Measurement The following commands control the harmonic distortion measurement. Useful commands for harmonic distortion measurements described elsewhere ●...
  • Page 722 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <m> Marker Parameters: <NoHarmonics> Range: 1 to 26 *RST: Manual operation: "Number of Harmonics" on page 236 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet This command initiates a measurement to determine the ideal configuration for the har- monic distortion measurement.
  • Page 723 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <m> Marker Query parameters: <Result> TOTal Return values: <DistortionPct> <DistortionDb> Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST This command queries the position of the harmonics. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 724 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements INIT;*WAI //Initiates the measurement and finishes the sweep. //-------------Retrieving the Results------------------------ CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST? //Queries the position of the harmonics. CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT //Queries the total harmonic distortion. 11.6.12 Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point ●...
  • Page 725 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON Switches on the measurement of the third-order intercept. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:TOI:SEARchsignal ONCE This command initiates a search for signals in the current trace to determine the third intercept point.
  • Page 726 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also on page 628.
  • Page 727 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.12.2 Programming Example: Measuring the TOI This example demonstrates how to determine the TOI in a remote environment. //-----------Configuring the measurement ------------ *RST //Reset the instrument CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON //Activate TOI measurement. //--------------Performing the Measurement----- INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode.
  • Page 728 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:SEARchsignal ONCE This command initiates a search for the signals required for the AM depth measure- ment.
  • Page 729 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //-----------Configuring the measurement ------------ *RST //Reset the instrument FREQ:CENT 100MHz //Set center frequency FREQ:SPAN 10KHz // Set span CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON //Activate AM modulation depth measurement. //--------------Performing the Measurement----- INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. INIT:IMM // Perform a single measurement CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:SEAR ONCE...
  • Page 730 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Retrieving EMI Results..................734 ● Evaluating the Results..................736 ● Programming Example: EMI Measurement............736 11.6.14.1 Activating EMI Measurement EMI measurement must be activated explicitely........730 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement[:STATe] ......... 730 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 731 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Detector> no final measurement is performed AVER average detector CISPR Average detector CRMS RMS Average detector maximum peak detector quasipeak detector *RST: Manual operation: "Final Test Detector" on page 264 11.6.14.3 Configuring the EMI Final Test...
  • Page 732 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <State> CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DWELl <Time> CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DWELl <Time> This command defines the dwell time during the final measurement. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <Time> Range: 100 us to 100 s *RST: Default unit: s Manual operation: "Dwell Time"...
  • Page 733 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: //Turn on high pass filter INP:LISN:TYPE ENV216 INP:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON Manual operation: "150 kHz Highpass" on page 269 INPut<ip>:LISN:PHASe <Phase> This command selects one LISN phase to be measured. Suffix: <ip> 1 | 2 irrelevant Parameters:...
  • Page 734 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements ESH3Z5 R&S ESH3-Z5: two phases (incl. protective earth) are controlla- ble. FOURphase R&S ESH2-Z5: four phases (incl. protective earth) are controlla- ble. Turns off remote control of the LISN. TWOPhase R&S ESH3-Z5: two phases (incl. protective earth) are controlla- ble.
  • Page 735 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:RES? Queries the result of marker 1. Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:LIMit<li>: LCONdition? <Condition> CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:LIMit<li>:LCONdition? <Condition> This command queries the condition of a marker position in relation to a certain limit line.
  • Page 736 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only 11.6.14.7 Evaluating the Results The commands required to control the demodulation of signals at the marker position are described in Chapter 11.8.8.14, "Marker Demodulation", on page 886. 11.6.14.8 Programming Example: EMI Measurement This example demonstrates how to detect electromagnetic interferences (EMI) in a remote environment.
  • Page 737 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK4 ON CALC:MARK5 ON CALC:MARK6 ON //Set markers 1 to 3 on trace 1. Set markers 4 to 6 on trace 2. CALC:MARK1:TRAC 1 CALC:MARK2:TRAC 1 CALC:MARK3:TRAC 1 CALC:MARK4:TRAC 2 CALC:MARK5:TRAC 2 CALC:MARK6:TRAC 2 //Use CISPR average detector for all markers during final test CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:DET CAV...
  • Page 738 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:LIM1:FAIL? //Query the result of the limit check and the distance from the limit lines //for each marker CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK2:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK2:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK3:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK3:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK4:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK4:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK5:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK5:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK6:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK6:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? 11.6.15 List Evaluations A list evaluation is a multiple power measurement that measures the power at up to 200 frequencies.
  • Page 739 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to list evaluation ..................739 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:RESult? ...................739 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence] ....................740 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:SET ...................741 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:STATe [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:RESult? This command queries the results of the list evaluation. This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way, using the service request mechanism for synchronization to the end of the measure- ment.
  • Page 740 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <RFAttenuation> Defines the RF attenuation for a list entry. Range: 0 to 70 Increment: 1 Default unit: dB <FilterType> Selects the filter type for a list entry. For more information see [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE.
  • Page 741 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements <TriggerSlope> POSitive | NEGative Selects the trigger slop. <TriggerOffset> Defines the trigger delay. Range: negative measurement time to 30 s *RST: Default unit: s <GateLength> Defines the gate length for gated measurements. Setting 0 seconds turns gated measurements off.
  • Page 742 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements //Defines a list with 3 entries and initiates the measurement with synchronization to the end. //Analyzer produces a service request //On service request: SENS:LIST:POW:RES? //Returns the results of the measurements, two for each frequency (peak and RMS power). -----Initiliazing the measurement and querying results simultaneously----- LIST:POW? 935.2MHZ,0,10,OFF,NORM,1MHZ,3MHZ,440us,0,...
  • Page 743 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The commands can be used in two different ways. ● Instrument setup, measurement and querying of the results in a single command line. With this method, there is the least delay between the measurement and the result output.
  • Page 744 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: <TimeOffset> Defines a time offset to start the measurement at the first pulse of a trace. *RST: Default unit: s <MeasTime> Defines the measurement time. Default unit: s <PulsePeriod> Defines the pulse period. Default unit: s <OfPulses>...
  • Page 745 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements The R&S FPL1000 caches all measurement parameters that you can set with this command. If you use the command repeatedly, the R&S FPL1000 only changes those settings that you have actually changed before initiating the measurement. Thus, mea- surement times are kept as low as possible.
  • Page 746 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: <PowerLevel> Pulse power level. The result is a list of floating point values separated by commas. The unit is dBm. [SENSe:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN? This command queries the lowest pulse power that has been measured during a pulse power measurement.
  • Page 747 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.17 Programming Example: Performing a Basic Frequency Sweep This example demonstrates how to configure and perform a basic frequency sweep measurement in a remote environment. This example assumes a signal is measured at 100 MHz, with a maximum power level of -3 dBm.
  • Page 748 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring and Performing Measurements INP:ATT 5 dB //Sets the mechanical attenuation to 40 dB and couples the reference level //to the attenuation instead of vice versa. //--------------Configuring the Amplitude and Scaling---------- DISP:TRAC1:Y:RLEV:OFFS 10dB //Shifts the trace display in the diagram up by 10 dB. CALC:UNIT:POW V //Sets the unit of the y-axis to Volt.

  • Page 749: Remote Commands For Result Displays

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays SENS:AVER:COUN 10 SENS:AVER:TYPE LIN //Configures trace 4 to be averaged linearly over 10 sweeps. CALC:MATH:STAT ON CALC:MATH:MODE LIN CALC:MATH (TRACE1-TRACE2) CALC:MATH:POS 75 //Calculates the linear difference between the measured and average values. //The resulting trace is displayed at the top of the diagram.
  • Page 750 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays ..................755 LAYout:WINDow<n>:IDENtify? ..................755 LAYout:WINDow<n>:REMove ..................755 LAYout:WINDow<n>:REPLace LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? <WindowName>,<Direction>,<WindowType> This command adds a window to the display in the active channel setup. This command is always used as a query so that you immediately obtain the name of the new window as a result.
  • Page 751 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Parameter value Window type RSUMmary Result summary SGRam Spectrogram LAYout:CATalog[:WINDow]? This command queries the name and index of all active windows in the active channel setup from top left to bottom right. The result is a comma-separated list of values for each window, with the syntax: <WindowName_1>,<WindowIndex_1>..<WindowName_n>,<WindowIndex_n>...
  • Page 752 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays LAYout:MOVE[:WINDow] <WindowName>, <WindowName>, <Direction> Setting parameters: <WindowName> String containing the name of an existing window that is to be moved. By default, the name of a window is the same as its index. To determine the name and index of all active windows in the active channel setup, use the query.
  • Page 753 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays <WindowType> Type of result display you want to use in the existing window. on page 750 for a list of availa- LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? ble window types. Example: LAY:REPL:WIND '1',MTAB Replaces the result display in window 1 with a marker table. Usage: Setting only LAYout:SPLitter <Index1>, <Index2>, <Position>...
  • Page 754 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays <Position> New vertical or horizontal position of the splitter as a fraction of the screen area (without channel and status bar and softkey menu). The point of origin (x = 0, y = 0) is in the lower left corner of the screen.
  • Page 755 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Example: LAY:WIND1:ADD? LEFT,MTAB Result: Adds a new window named '2' with a marker table to the left of window 1. Usage: Query only LAYout:WINDow<n>:IDENtify? This command queries the name of a particular display window (indicated by the <n> suffix) in the active channel setup.
  • Page 756 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays Suffix: <n> Window Setting parameters: <WindowType> Type of measurement window you want to replace another one with. on page 750 for a list of availa- LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? ble window types. Example: LAY:WIND2:REPL MTAB Replaces the result display in window 2 with a marker table.
  • Page 757 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Remote Commands for Result Displays //Add a Marker Peak List window to the right of the Spectrogram window LAY:WIND2:ADD? RIGH,PEAK //Result: window number: '4' //--------------- Changing the size of individual windows ------------- //Move the splitter between the Frequency Sweep window and the Marker Table //window to enlarge the spectrum display to 60% of the entire width.

  • Page 758: Setting Basic Spectrum Rf Measurement Parameters

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //-------------- Preparing the configuration from example 1 ----------- *RST LAY:ADD? '1',BEL,SGR LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH,MTAB LAY:WIND2:ADD? RIGH,PEAK LAY:CAT? //Result : '1',1,'2',2,'3',3,'4',4 //Remove Spectrogram LAY:WIND2:REM //Remove Marker Table window LAY:REM '3' //Replace Marker Peak List window by Marker Table LAY:REPL '4',MTAB //--------------- Querying all displayed windows ------------------ //Query the name and number of all displayed windows (from top left to bottom right)
  • Page 759 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● Working with Markers....................839 ● Configuring Display Lines..................898 ● Defining Limit Checks................... 901 11.8.1 Defining the Frequency and Span The commands required to configure the frequency and span settings in a remote envi- ronment are described here.
  • Page 760 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CSTep This command matches the center frequency step size to the current marker fre- quency. The command turns delta markers into normal markers. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:X:SPACing <Scale> This command selects the scaling of the x-axis.
  • Page 761 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Center Frequency" on page 303 "Frequency" on page 336 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP <StepSize> This command defines the center frequency step size. You can increase or decrease the center frequency quickly in fixed steps using the SENS:FREQ UP AND SENS:FREQ DOWN commands, see [SENSe:]FREQuency: on page 760.
  • Page 762 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Decouples the step size. *RST: SPAN Example: //Couple step size to span FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN Manual operation: "Center Frequency Stepsize" on page 305 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor <Factor> This command defines a step size factor if the center frequency step size is coupled to the span or the resolution bandwidth.
  • Page 763 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Span> The minimum span for measurements in the frequency domain is 10 Hz. For SEM and spurious emission measurements, the minimum span is 20 Hz. Range: 0 Hz to fmax *RST: Full span Default unit: Hz...
  • Page 764 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ......................764 [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL ................764 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation ..............765 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation:MODE .............. 765 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:HYSTeresis:LOWer ............... 765 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:HYSTeresis:UPPer ................766 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:TRIGger ..................766 [SENSe:]ADJust:FREQuency ....................766 [SENSe:]ADJust:LEVel [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL This command initiates a measurement to determine and set the ideal settings for the current task automatically (only once for the current measurement).
  • Page 765 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation:MODE <Mode> In order to determine the ideal reference level, the R&S FPL1000 performs a measure- ment on the current input data. This command selects the way the R&S FPL1000 determines the length of the measurement .
  • Page 766 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Threshold> Range: 0 dB to 200 dB *RST: +1 dB Default unit: dB Example: SENS:ADJ:CONF:HYST:UPP 2 Example: For an input signal level of currently 20 dBm, the reference level will only be adjusted when the signal level rises above 22 dBm.
  • Page 767 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.1.3 Configuring Signal Tracking When signal tracking is activated, the maximum signal is determined after each fre- quency sweep and the center frequency is set to the frequency of this signal. Thus with drifting signals the center frequency follows the signal.
  • Page 768 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Bandwidth> Range: 10 Hz to Max span *RST: (= span/10 on activating the function) Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "Signal Tracking" on page 306 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold <Level> This command defines the threshold level for the signal tracking process. Note that you have to turn on signal tracking before you can use the command.
  • Page 769 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.2.1 Configuring the Bandwidth and Filter ..................769 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution] ................... 769 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution] ................769 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ................769 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO ................770 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio ................770 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio ................770 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE ................770 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE ....................771 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo ....................
  • Page 770 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "RBW" on page 266 "Default Coupling" on page 326 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio <Ratio> [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio <Ratio> This command defines the ratio between the resolution bandwidth (Hz) and the span (Hz). Note that the ratio defined with this remote command (RBW/span) is reciprocal to that of the coupling ratio (span/RBW).
  • Page 771 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Filter Type" on page 266 "Res BW CISPR" on page 268 "Res BW MIL" on page 268 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo <Bandwidth> [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo <Bandwidth> This command defines the video bandwidth. The command decouples the video bandwidth from the resolution bandwidths.
  • Page 772 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE <Mode> [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:TYPE <Mode> This command selects the position of the video filter in the signal path. Parameters: <Mode> LINear The video filter is applied in front of the logarithmic amplifier. In linear mode, measurements with a logarithmic level scale result in flatter falling edges compared to logarithmic mode.
  • Page 773 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <SweepCount> When you set a sweep count of 0 or 1, the R&S FPL1000 per- forms one single sweep in single sweep mode. In continuous sweep mode, if the sweep count is set to 0, a moving average over 10 sweeps is performed.
  • Page 774 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Table 11-4: Optimization parameters in FFT mode Optimization mode Description DYNamic Optimizes the dynamic range by using the narrowest possible subspan (depending on the RBW). The autorange function for the internal IF gain calculation is activated to obtain the best control range for the A/D converter.
  • Page 775 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Sweep Points" on page 326 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME <Time> This command defines the sweep time. It automatically decouples the time from any other settings. In the Spectrum application, the command decouples the sweep time from the span and resolution and video bandwidths.
  • Page 776 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.3 Configuring the Vertical Axis (Amplitude, Scaling) The following commands are required to configure the amplitude and vertical axis set- tings in a remote environment. ● Amplitude Settings....................776 ●...
  • Page 777 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Unit> DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere (Units based on 1 MHz require installed R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) *RST: Example:...
  • Page 778 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.3.2 Configuring the Attenuation ....................778 INPut<ip>:ATTenuation ....................778 INPut<ip>:EATT:AUTO ..................778 INPut<ip>:ATTenuation:AUTO INPut<ip>:ATTenuation <Attenuation> This command defines the total attenuation for RF input. If you set the attenuation manually, it is no longer coupled to the reference level, but the reference level is coupled to the attenuation.
  • Page 779 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.3.3 Configuring a Preamplifier ....................779 INPut<ip>:GAIN:STATe INPut<ip>:GAIN:STATe <State> This command turns the internal preamplifier on and off. It requires the optional pream- plifier hardware. If activated, the input signal is amplified by 20 dB. The preamplifier is only active below 3 GHz (R&S FPL1003) or 7.5 GHz (R&S FPL1007).
  • Page 780 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: DISP:TRAC:Y 110dB Manual operation: "Range" on page 314 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO ONCE Automatic scaling of the y-axis is performed once, then switched off again (for all traces). Suffix: <n> Window <t>...
  • Page 781 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Position> 0 PCT corresponds to the lower display border, 100 percent cor- responds to the upper display border. *RST: frequency display: 90 PCT; time display: 50 PCT; AF spectrum display (K7): 100 PCT; Default unit: PCT Example: DISP:TRAC:Y:RPOS 50PCT...
  • Page 782 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters *OPC should be used after requesting data. This will hold off any subsequent changes to the selected trigger source, until after the sweep is completed and the data is returned.
  • Page 783 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Offset> For measurements in the frequency domain, the range is 0 s to 30 s. For measurements in the time domain, the range is the negative sweep time to 30 s. *RST: Default unit: S Example:...
  • Page 784 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal<port>] <TriggerLevel> This command defines the level the external signal must exceed to cause a trigger event. Suffix: <port> Selects the trigger port. 1 = trigger port 1 (TRIG IN connector on rear panel) 2 = trigger port 2 (TRIG AUX connector on rear panel) Parameters: <TriggerLevel>...
  • Page 785 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe <Type> For all trigger sources except time you can define whether triggering occurs when the signal rises to the trigger level or falls down to it. Parameters: <Type> POSitive | NEGative POSitive Triggers when the signal rises to the trigger level (rising edge).
  • Page 786 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Trigger Source" on page 336 "Free Run" on page 336 "External Trigger 1" on page 337 "Video" on page 337 "IF Power" on page 337 "Time" on page 337 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIME:RINTerval <Interval>...
  • Page 787 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SWE:EGAT ON Switches on the gate mode. SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE Switches on the edge-triggered mode. SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100US Sets the gate delay to 100 µs. SWE:EGAT:LEN 500US Sets the gate opening time to 500 µs. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
  • Page 788 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SWE:EGAT:POL POS Manual operation: "Slope" on page 339 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce <Source> This command selects the signal source for gated measurements. If an IF power signal is used, the gate is opened as soon as a signal at > -20 dBm is detected within the IF path bandwidth (10 MHz).
  • Page 789 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● Input........................ 789 ● Working with Power Sensors................791 ● Internal Generator Commands................800 ● Configuring the Outputs..................808 11.8.5.1 RF Input ...............789 INPut<ip>:ATTenuation:PROTection:RESet ....................789 INPut<ip>:FILTer:SAW .....................790 INPut<ip>:IMPedance ......................790 INPut<ip>:SELect ....................790 INPut<ip>:UPORt:STATe ....................791...
  • Page 790 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "SAW filter" on page 276 INPut<ip>:IMPedance <Impedance> This command selects the nominal input impedance of the RF input. In some applica- tions, only 50 Ω are supported. Suffix: <ip>...
  • Page 791 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <ip> 1 | 2 irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | 1 User port is switched to INPut OFF | 0 User port is switched to OUTPut *RST: INPut<ip>:UPORt[:VALue] This command queries the control lines of the user ports. For details see on page 809.
  • Page 792 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:PMETer<p>:CONFigure:AUTO[:STATe] <State> This command turns automatic assignment of a power sensor to the power sensor index on and off. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET:CONF:AUTO OFF...
  • Page 793 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET2:DEF '','NRP-Z81','', '123456' Assigns the power sensor with the serial number '123456' to the configuration "Power Sensor 2". SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET2:DEF? Queries the sensor assigned to "Power Sensor 2". Result: '','NRP-Z81','USB','123456' The NRP-Z81 power sensor with the serial number '123456' is assigned to the "Power Sensor 2".
  • Page 794 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:PMETer<p>:RELative[:MAGNitude] <RefValue> This command defines the reference value for relative measurements. Suffix: <n> Window <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <RefValue> Range: -200 dBm to 200 dBm *RST: Default unit: DBM Example: CALC:PMET2:REL -30 Sets the reference value for relative measurements to -30 dBm...
  • Page 795 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:PMET2:REL:STAT ON Activates the relative display of the measured value for power sensor 2. FETCh:PMETer<p>? This command queries the results of power sensor measurements. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Usage: Query only READ:PMETer<p>?
  • Page 796 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: PMET2:DCYC:STAT ON Activates the duty cycle correction. PMET2:DCYC:VAL 0.5 Sets the correction value to 0.5%. Manual operation: "Duty Cycle" on page 281 [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:FREQuency <Frequency> This command defines the frequency of the power sensor. Suffix: <p>...
  • Page 797 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Duration> SHORt | NORMal | LONG *RST: NORMal Example: PMET2:MTIM SHOR Sets a short measurement duration for measurements of station- ary high power signals for the selected power sensor. Manual operation: "Meas Time/Average"...
  • Page 798 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:ROFFset[:STATe] <State> This command includes or excludes the reference level offset of the analyzer for power sensor measurements. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 799 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer<p>:UPDate[:STATe] <State> This command turns continuous update of power sensor measurements on and off. If on, the results are update even if a single sweep is complete. Suffix: <p> Power sensor index Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 800 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.5.3 Internal Generator Commands The following commands are required to configure an internal generator. They are only available if the Tracking Generator option R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. For details see Chapter 7.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator", on page 283.
  • Page 801 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Frequency> Range: 5 kHz to 3 GHz Increment: 0.1 Hz *RST: 1 GHz Default unit: HZ Example: SOUR:INT:FREQ 2 GHz Manual operation: "Frequency" on page 291 SOURce<si>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <Amplitude> Defines the output power of the internal generator.
  • Page 802 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● on page 801 SOURce<si>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] ● on page 801 SOURce<si>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet Remote commands exclusive to tracking generators: ..............802 SOURce<si>:FREQuency:COUPling[:STATe] ..............802 SOURce<si>:INTernal:FREQuency:OFFSet ..................802 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] ................ 803 [SENSe:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] ..................804 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod ..................804 [SENSe:]CORRection:RECall ..............
  • Page 803 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The command is available after you have created a reference trace for the selected measurement type with [SENSe:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] on page 803. This command is only available if the Tracking Generator is active (see on page 800).
  • Page 804 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Calibrate Reflection Short" on page 294 "Calibrate Reflection Open" on page 294 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod <Type> This command selects the type of measurement to be performed with the generator. This command is only available if the Tracking Generator is active (see on page 800).
  • Page 805 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue <Value> This command defines the reference value assigned to the reference position in the specified window. Separate reference values are maintained for the various displays. Suffix: <n> Window <w>...
  • Page 806 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters FIXed Fixed power level. Required for tracking generator. SWEep Increasing power level. Required for power sweep. *RST: FIXed Example: SOUR:POW:MODE:SWE SOUR:POW:STAR -50 SOUR:POW:STOP -10 Manual operation: "Power Sweep" on page 98 "Usage"...
  • Page 807 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Programming Example for a Tracking Generator The following example demonstrates how to work with a tracking generator in a remote environment. It requires the Tracking Generator option (R&S FPL1-B9) to be installed on the R&S FPL1000.
  • Page 808 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.5.4 Configuring the Outputs The following commands are required to provide output from the R&S FPL1000. Output functions require the option R&S FPL1-B5 to be installed on the R&S FPL1000..................808 DIAGnostic:SERVice:NSOurce ....................808...
  • Page 809 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters *RST: OUTP:IF VID Example: Selects the video signal for the IF/VIDEO output connector. Manual operation: "Data Output" on page 300 OUTPut<up>:IF:IFFRequency <Frequency> This command defines the frequency for the IF output of the R&S FPL1000. The IF fre- quency of the signal is converted accordingly.
  • Page 810 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If the user port is programmed to input instead of output (see INPut<ip>:UPORt: on page 790), the output value is temporarily stored. STATe Suffix: <up> irrelevant Parameters: <Value> bit values in hexadecimal format TTL type voltage levels (max.
  • Page 811 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Data Output" on page 300 "Loudspeaker" on page 378 SYSTem:SPEaker:MUTE Temporarily disables the audio output via the built-in loudspeakers. Example: SYST:SPE:MUTE Manual operation: "Data Output" on page 300 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume <Volume>...
  • Page 812 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 1 = origin of coordinate system (x1 = 0, y1 = 0) 2 = end point of system (x2 = 100, y2= 100) 3 = zoom area (e.g. x1 = 60, y1 = 30, x2 = 80, y2 = 75) Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 813 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow<n>][:SUBWindow<w>]:ZOOM[:STATe] <State> This command turns the zoom on and off. Suffix: <n> Window <w> subwindow Not supported by all applications Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 814 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <x1> Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system. The upper right corner is the end point of the system. Range: 0 to 100 Default unit: PCT...
  • Page 815 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Multi-Zoom" on page 440 "Restore Original Display" on page 441 11.8.7 Configuring the Trace Display and Retrieving Trace Data The commands required to work with traces are described here. Commands required to export traces (and other result data) are described in Chap- ter 11.9.5, "Storing Measurement...
  • Page 816 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <t> Trace Parameters: <Mode> WRITe Overwrite mode: the trace is overwritten by each sweep. This is the default setting. AVERage The average is formed over several sweeps. The "Sweep/Aver- age Count"...
  • Page 817 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <w> subwindow <t> Trace Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: DISP:WIND:TRAC3:MODE:HCON ON Switches off the reset function.
  • Page 818 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <w> subwindow <t> Trace Parameters: <Aperture> Range: 1 to 50 *RST: Default unit: PCT Example: DISP3:TRAC2:SMO:APER 5 Defines an aperture of 5% for trace 2 in window 3 Manual operation: "Smoothing"...
  • Page 819 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <AverageCount> If you set an average count of 0 or 1, the application performs one single sweep in single sweep mode. In continuous sweep mode, if the average count is set to 0, a moving average over 10 sweeps is performed.
  • Page 820 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters For details see "Mapping Samples to sweep Points with the Trace Detector" on page 386. For EMI measurements, the trace detector is used for the initial peak search only, not for the final test.
  • Page 821 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: DET:AUTO OFF The selection of the detector is not coupled to the trace mode. Manual operation: "Detector" on page 394 TRACe<n>:COPY <TraceNumber>, <TraceNumber>...
  • Page 822 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ................823 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:FRAMe:COUNt ..............823 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:COUNt ................823 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:FRAMe:SELect ..............823 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:SELect ..................824 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:HDEPth ................824 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth ..................824 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:LAYout ................824 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:LAYout ..................825 CALCulate<n>:SGRam[:STATe] ................825 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram[:STATe] ..............825 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:THReedim[:STATe] ..............825 CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] ..................
  • Page 823 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Selects single sweep mode. INIT;*WAI Starts the sweep and waits for the end of the sweep. CALC:SGR:CONT ON Repeats the single sweep measurement without deleting the results of the last measurement.
  • Page 824 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Stop the continuous sweep. CALC:SGR:FRAM:SEL -25 Selects frame number -25. Manual operation: "Select Frame" on page 329 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:HDEPth <History> CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth <History> This command defines the number of frames to be stored in the R&S FPL1000 mem- ory.
  • Page 825 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:SGRam[:STATe] <State> CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram[:STATe] <State> This command turns the spectrogram on and off. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:SGR ON...
  • Page 826 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TSTamp:DATA? <Frames> CALCulate<n>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA? <Frames> This command queries the starting time of the frames. The return values consist of four values for each frame. If the Spectrogram is empty, the command returns '0,0,0,0'. The times are given as delta values, which simplifies evaluating relative results;...
  • Page 827 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> 1..n Window Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: //Activates the time stamp CALC:SGR:TST ON Manual operation: "Time Stamp"...
  • Page 828 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:LOW 10 Sets the start of the color map to 10%. Manual operation: "Start / Stop" on page 411 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SGRam:COLor:SHAPe <Shape> DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe <Shape> This command defines the shape and focus of the color curve for the spectrogram result display.
  • Page 829 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters RADar Uses a color range from black over green to light turquoise with shades of green in between. GRAYscale Shows the results in shades of gray. *RST: Example: DISP:WIND:SPEC:COL GRAY Changes the color scheme of the spectrogram to black and white.
  • Page 830 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MATH<t>:MODE <Mode> This command selects the way the R&S FPL1000 calculates trace mathematics. Suffix: <n> Window <t> irrelevant Parameters: <Mode> For more information on the way each mode works see Trace Math Mode.
  • Page 831 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <t> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MATH:STAT ON Turns on trace mathematics. Manual operation: "Trace Math Function"...
  • Page 832 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters REAL Floating-point numbers (according to IEEE 754) in the "definite length block format". In the Spectrum application, the format setting REAL is used for the binary transmission of trace data. <BitLength>...
  • Page 833 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: TRAC? TRACE3 Queries the data of trace 3. Manual operation: "Diagram" on page 117 "List Evaluation State (Result Summary)" on page 186 "List Evaluation State" on page 208 Table 11-6: Return values for TRACE1 to TRACE6 parameter The trace data consists of a list of power levels that have been measured.
  • Page 834 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <OffsSwPoint> The offset in sweep points related to the start of the measure- ment at which data retrieval is to start. <NoOfSwPoints> Number of sweep points to be retrieved from the trace. Return values: <SweepPointValues>...
  • Page 835 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Number of digits (= 4 in the example) of the following number of data bytes 1024 Number of following data bytes (= 1024 in the example) <Value> 4-byte floating point value Reading out data in binary format is quicker than in ASCII format.
  • Page 836 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters *RST: SINGle Manual operation: "Export all Traces and all Table Results" on page 447 FORMat:DIMPort:TRACes <Selection> This command selects the data to be included in a data import file (see MMEMory: on page 836).
  • Page 837 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Trace> Number of the trace to be stored (This parameter is ignored if the option "Export all Traces and all Table Results" is activated in the Export configuration settings, on page 835).
  • Page 838 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:UPP 70 DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:SHAP 0.8 //Defines a color map for a range that comprises 40% of the measurement range, //excluding 30% at each end. The colors are not scaled linearly; the light gray //colors are stretched to distinguish low values better.
  • Page 839 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of marker 1. CALC:MARK2:X? CALC:MARK2:Y? CALC:MARK2:SGR:FRAM? //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of marker 2. CALC:DELT1:X? CALC:DELT1:Y? CALC:DELT1:SGR:FRAM? //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of deltamarker 1.
  • Page 840 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● n dB Down Marker....................881 ● Signal Count Marker..................... 884 ● Marker Demodulation....................886 ● Programming Examples for Using Markers and Marker Functions.......889 11.8.8.1 Setting Up Individual Markers The following commands define the position of markers in the diagram................840 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:AOFF ................
  • Page 841 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:DELT2:LINK ON Manual operation: "Linking to Another Marker" on page 263 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<ms>:LINK:TO:MARKer<md> <State> This command links delta marker <m1> to any active normal marker <m2>. If you change the horizontal position of marker <m2>, delta marker <m1>...
  • Page 842 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:DELT:MODE ABS Absolute delta marker position. CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MREFerence <Reference> This command selects a reference marker for a delta marker other than marker 1. The reference may be another marker or the fixed reference. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 843 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the marker first. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Trace> Trace number the marker is assigned to. Example: CALC:DELT2:TRAC 2 Positions delta marker 2 on trace 2. CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X <Position>...
  • Page 844 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<ms>:LINK:TO:MARKer<md> <State> This command links normal marker <m1> to any active normal marker <m2>. If you change the horizontal position of marker <m2>, marker <m1> changes its hori- zontal position to the same value. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 845 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the marker first. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Trace> 1 to 6 Trace number the marker is assigned to. Example: //Assign marker to trace 1 CALC:MARK3:TRAC 2 Manual operation: "Assigning the Marker to a Trace"...
  • Page 846 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:MTABle <DisplayMode> This command turns the marker table on and off. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <DisplayMode> ON | 1 Turns on the marker table. OFF | 0 Turns off the marker table. AUTO Turns on the marker table if 3 or more markers are active.
  • Page 847 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> irrelevant Parameters: <StepSize> STANdard the marker moves from one pixel to the next POINts the marker moves from one sweep point to the next *RST: POINts Example: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN Sets the marker step size to one pixel.
  • Page 848 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Application/Result display Unit Spectrum Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <Excursion> The excursion is the distance to a trace maximum that must be attained before a new maximum is recognized, or the distance to a trace minimum that must be attained before a new minimum is recognized *RST:...
  • Page 849 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If you perform a measurement in the time domain, this command limits the range of the trace to be analyzed. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <SearchLimit> The value range depends on the frequency range or sweep time.
  • Page 850 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:ZOOM[:STATe] <State> This command adjusts the marker search range to the zoom area for all markers in all windows. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 851 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:THR:STAT ON Switches on the threshold line. Manual operation: "Deactivating All Search Limits" on page 157 11.8.8.4 Positioning the Marker This chapter contains remote commands necessary to position the marker on a trace. ●...
  • Page 852 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:LEFT This command moves a marker to the next lower peak. The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker posi- tion. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 853 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Peak" on page 361 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum:AUTO <State> This command turns an automatic marker peak search for a trace minimum on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the peak search after each sweep.
  • Page 854 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Minimum" on page 362 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker to the minimum level. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 855 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker posi- tion. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame.
  • Page 856 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Peak" on page 361 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:LEFT This command moves a delta marker to the next higher minimum value. The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker posi- tion.
  • Page 857 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Next Minimum"...
  • Page 858 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the delta marker first. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <Position> Position of the delta marker in relation to the reference marker. Example: CALC:DELT3:X:REL? Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 relative to marker 1 or relative to the reference position.
  • Page 859 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The usage of these markers is demonstrated in Chapter 11.8.7.7, "Programming Example: Configuring a Spectrogram", on page 837. Using Markers The following commands control spectrogram markers. Useful commands for spectrogram markers described elsewhere The following commands define the horizontal position of the markers.
  • Page 860 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:FRAMe <Frame> CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe <Frame> | <Time> This command positions a marker on a particular frame. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Frame> Selects a frame directly by the frame number. Valid if the time stamp is off.
  • Page 861 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker to the minimum level of the spectrogram. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe This command moves a marker vertically to the next lower peak level for the current frequency.
  • Page 862 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction" on page 358 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker vertically to the highest level for the current frequency. The search includes all frames.
  • Page 863 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT This command moves a marker vertically to the next higher minimum level for the cur- rent frequency. The search includes all frames. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker.
  • Page 864 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ............865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:SARea ............ 865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:SARea ........865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] ....... 865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] ........865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] ........ 865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] ......... 865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe ......... 865 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe ..........866 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:BELow ......... 866 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow ...........
  • Page 865 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:SARea <SearchArea> CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:SARea <SearchArea> This command defines the marker search area for all spectrogram markers in the channel setup. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <SearchArea> VISible Performs a search within the visible frames. Note that the command does not work if the spectrogram is not visible for any reason (e.g.
  • Page 866 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> Marker Manual operation: "Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction" on page 358 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:BELow CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow This command moves a marker vertically to the next higher level for the current fre- quency.
  • Page 867 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:ABOVe CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe This command moves a delta marker vertically to the next minimum level for the cur- rent frequency. The search includes only frames above the current marker position. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker.
  • Page 868 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If the marker hasn't been active yet, the command first looks for the peak level in the whole spectrogram and moves the marker vertically to the minimum level. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 869 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Defining a Fixed Reference" on page 354 "Defining Reference Point" on page 370 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y <RefPointLevel> This command defines the vertical position of the fixed delta marker reference point. The coordinates of the reference may be anywhere in the diagram.
  • Page 870 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> Marker Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX ON Switches on the measurement with fixed reference value for all delta markers.
  • Page 871 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:ANN:LAB:STAT OFF Removes the peak labels from the diagram Manual operation: "Display Marker Numbers" on page 382 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt? This command queries the number of peaks that have been found during a peak search.
  • Page 872 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:LIST:SIZE <MaxNoPeaks> This command defines the maximum number of peaks that the R&S FPL1000 looks for during a peak search. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <MaxNoPeaks> Maximum number of peaks to be determined. Range: 1 to 200 *RST:...
  • Page 873 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:STAT ON Activates marker peak search Manual operation: "Peak List State" on page 381 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X? This command queries the position of the peaks on the x-axis. The order depends on the sort order that has been set with CALCulate<n>: MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT.
  • Page 874 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> irrelevant Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS:AOFF CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult? This command queries the result of the noise measurement. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 875 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON Switches on the noise measurement. Manual operation: "Noise Measurement State" on page 367 "Switching All Noise Measurement Off" on page 367 11.8.8.10 Phase Noise Measurement Marker The following commands control the phase noise measurement marker function.
  • Page 876 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the measurement first. This command is only available in the Spectrum application. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <PhaseNoise> numeric value The difference in level between the reference point and the noise power density at the position of the specified delta marker.
  • Page 877 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:AOFF Removes all phase noise markers in the specified window. Suffix: <n> Window <m> irrelevant Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:PNO:AOFF CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? This command queries the result of a phase noise measurement. If necessary, the command activates the measurement first. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 878 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Using Markers ............. 878 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:AOFF ............ 878 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE ..........878 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult? ............. 879 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN ...........879 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:AOFF Removes all band power markers in the specified window. Suffix: <n> Window <m> irrelevant Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:AOFF...
  • Page 879 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: Activate the band power marker: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON Select the density mode for the result: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:MODE DENS Query the result: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:RES? Response: 20dBm/Hz Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN <Span> This command defines the bandwidth around the marker position. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 880 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Using Delta Markers ..........880 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE ...........880 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult? ..........880 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN ........... 881 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE <Mode> This command selects the way the results for a band power delta marker are dis- played.
  • Page 881 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <Span> Frequency. The maximum span depends on the marker position and R&S FPL1000 model. *RST: 5% of current span Default unit: Hz Manual operation: "Span"...
  • Page 882 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Distance> Distance of the temporary markers to the reference marker in For a positive offset, the markers T1 and T2 are placed below the active reference point. For a negative offset (for example for notch filter measure- ments), the markers T1 and T2 are placed above the active ref- erence point.
  • Page 883 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor? This command queries the Q factor of n dB down measurements. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Return values: <QFactor> Usage: Query only CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? This command queries the distance of the n dB down markers from each other. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 884 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON Turns the n dB Down marker on. Manual operation: "n dB down Marker State"...
  • Page 885 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ................885 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt ............885 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:FREQuency? ............... 886 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:RESolution CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt <State> This command turns the frequency counter at the marker position on and off. The frequency counter works for one marker only. If you perform a frequency count with another marker, the R&S FPL1000 deactivates the frequency count of the first marker.
  • Page 886 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Before you can use the command, you have to turn on the frequency counter. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Return values: <Frequency> Frequency at the marker position. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode.
  • Page 887 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to marker demodulation: ........887 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous ..........887 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff ..........888 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect ........... 888 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] ..................888 [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch:LEVel .................. 889 [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous <State> This command turns continuous demodulation of the signal at the marker position in the frequency domain on and off.
  • Page 888 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect <DemodMode> This command selects the demodulation mode at the marker position. Suffix: <n> Window <m> Marker Parameters: <DemodMode> AM demodulation FM demodulation *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM Manual operation: "Modulation"...
  • Page 889 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch[:STATe] <State> This command turns selective demodulation at the marker position on and off. For selective demodulation, the R&S FPL1000 turns on a video trigger whose level correponds to the squelch level. Therefore it turns other triggers or gates off. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 890 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Marker information is always displayed in a separate table. CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN //The marker moves from one pixel to the next instead of sweep points in manual op. CALC:MARK:PEXC 6dB //Defines a peak excursion of 6 dB.
  • Page 891 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Retrieves the marker levels of each active normal and delta marker. CALC:DELT5:X:REL? CALC:DELT6:X:REL? //Retrieves the frequency difference between the delta marker and marker 1. //--------------Deactivating all markers --------------------- //CALC:MARK:AOFF //CALC:DELT:AOFF Example: Marker Search in Spectrograms This example demonstrates how to search for peak values in spectrograms in a remote...
  • Page 892 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Basic Frequency Sweep Measurement for Marker Function Examples Since markers can only be placed on an existing trace, the following example provides a simple frequency sweep measurement to be used as a basis for the subsequent marker function scripts.
  • Page 893 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters on page 892 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instru- ment. In this example, the peak search is restricted to the frequency range of 50 MHz to 150 MHz.
  • Page 894 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ples" on page 892 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instrument. //------------- Configuring the phase noise marker ------------------- DET SAMP //Switches to Sample detector CALC:MARK1 ON //Activates marker1 and sets it to the maximum power level CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO ON...
  • Page 895 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON //Activates the band power measurement for the band around marker 1 CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:SPAN 30MHz //Sets the bandwidth to be measured to 30 MHz CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:MODE DENS //Sets the result to be a density (power per Hz bandwidth) CALC:DELT2 ON //Activates deltamarker2 CALC:DELT2:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON...
  • Page 896 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Returns the bandwidth at the specified power offset. CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ? //Returns the frequencies of the temporary markers at the power offsets CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:QFAC? //Returns the quality factor of the resulting bandwidth Examples: Demodulating Marker Values and Providing Audio Output The following examples demonstrate how to demodulate markers and provide audio output in a remote environment.
  • Page 897 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Basic Frequency Sweep", on page 747 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instrument. //------------- Configuring the marker demodulation ------------------- CALC:MARK1 ON //Activates marker1 CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM //Selects FM demodulation DEM:SQU:LEV 10 //Sets a squelch level for noise...
  • Page 898 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.9 Configuring Display Lines The commands required to configure display lines in a remote environment are descri- bed here....................898 CALCulate<n>:DLINe<dl> ..................898 CALCulate<n>:DLINe<dl>:STATe ....................899 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl> ..................899 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl>:STATe ....................899 CALCulate<n>:PLINe<dl>...
  • Page 899 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:FLINe<dl> <Frequency> This command defines the position of a frequency line. Suffix: <n> Window <dl> 1 to 4 frequency line Parameters: <Frequency> Note that you can not set a frequency line to a position that is outside the current span.
  • Page 900 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <GeneratorLevel> Range: -60 to +10 *RST: line 1: -30 dBm, line 2: -20 dBm Default unit: DBM Example: CALC:PLIN2 1dBm Sets power line 2 to a level of 1 dBm. Manual operation: "Vertical Line <x>"...
  • Page 901 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:TLINe<dl>:STATe <State> This command turns a time line on and off Suffix: <n> Window <dl> 1 to 4 time line Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 902 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ................908 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer[:DATA] ................908 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:MARGin ................909 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:MODE ................909 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:OFFSet ................909 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:SHIFt ................910 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:SPACing ................910 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:STATe ..............910 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:THReshold CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:COMMent <Comment> This command defines a comment for a limit line. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 903 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <li> Limit line Parameters: <SpanSetting> FREQuency | TIME FREQuency For limit lines that apply to a range of frequencies. TIME For limit lines that apply to a period of time. *RST: FREQuency Example:...
  • Page 904 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CONTrol:SHIFt <Distance> This command moves a complete limit line horizontally. Compared to defining an offset, this command actually changes the limit line definition points by the value you define. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 905 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <LimitLinePoints> Variable number of level values. Note that the number of vertical values has to be the same as the number of horizontal values set with CALCulate<n>: LIMit<li>:CONTrol[:DATA]. If not, the R&S FPL1000 either adds missing values or ignores surplus values.
  • Page 906 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Compared to shifting the limit line, an offset does not actually change the limit line defi- nition points. Suffix: <n> Window <li> Limit line Parameters: <Offset> Numeric value. *RST: Default unit: dB Manual operation: "Y-Offset"...
  • Page 907 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Before you can use the command, you have to select a limit line with CALCulate<n>: on page 907. LIMit<li>:NAME Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> Limit line Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1...
  • Page 908 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UNIT <Unit> This command defines the unit of a limit line. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <li> Limit line Parameters: <Unit> DBM | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DB | DBUV_M | DBUA_M | (unitless) If you select dB as the limit line unit, the command automatically turns the limit line into a relative limit line.
  • Page 909 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Margin" on page 430 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:MODE <Mode> This command selects the vertical limit line scaling. Suffix: <n> Window <li> Limit line Parameters: <Mode> ABSolute Limit line is defined by absolute physical values. The unit is variable.
  • Page 910 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Distance> Defines the distance that the limit line moves. The unit depends on CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UNIT on page 908. Manual operation: "Shift y" on page 431 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UPPer:SPACing <InterpolType> This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the calculation of an upper limit line from one horizontal point to the next.
  • Page 911 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: <Limit> Numeric value. The unit depends on CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:UNIT on page 908. *RST: -200 Default unit: dBm Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 429 11.8.10.2 Managing Limit Lines Useful commands for managing limit lines described in the R&S FPL1000 User Man- ual: ●...
  • Page 912 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters <li> Limit line Parameters: <Line> 1 to 8 number of the new limit line <name> String containing the name of the limit line. Example: CALC:LIM1:COPY 2 Copies limit line 1 to line 2. CALC:LIM1:COPY 'FM2' Copies limit line 1 to a new line named FM2.
  • Page 913 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:TRACe<t>:CHECk <State> This command turns the limit check for a specific trace on and off. To query the limit check result, use CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:FAIL?. Suffix: <n> Window <li> Limit line <t>...
  • Page 914 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: "Export" on page 431 11.8.10.3 Checking the Results of a Limit Check ..............914 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CLEar[:IMMediate] ..................914 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:FAIL? CALCulate<n>:LIMit<li>:CLEar[:IMMediate] This command deletes the result of the current limit check. The command works on all limit lines in all measurement windows at the same time.
  • Page 915 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.10.4 Programming Example: Using Limit Lines The following examples demonstrate how to work with limit lines in a remote environ- ment. ● Example: Configuring Limit Lines................915 ● Example: Performing a Limit Check..............916 Example: Configuring Limit Lines This example demonstrates how to configure 2 limit lines - an upper and a lower limit -...
  • Page 916 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:LIM3:LOW:OFFS 3 //Defines an additional 3 dB offset for limit line 3. CALC:LIM3:LOW:THR -200DBM //Defines a power threshold of -200dBm that must be exceeded for limit to be checked CALC:LIM3:LOW:MARG 5dB //Defines an area of 5dB around limit line 3 where limit check violations //are still tolerated.

  • Page 917: Managing Settings And Results

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results //Loads the limit lines stored in 'LimitLines_FM1_FM3' CALC:LIM1:NAME 'FM1' CALC:LIM1:UPP:STAT ON //Activates upper limit FM1 as line 1. CALC:LIM3:NAME 'FM3' CALC:LIM3:LOW:STAT ON //Activates lower limit line FM3 as line 3. CALC:LIM:ACT? //Queries the names of all active limit lines //Result: 'FM1,FM3' CALC:LIM1:TRAC3:CHEC ON...
  • Page 918 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results asterisk replaces any of the remaining characters in the file name. "*.*" thus means all files in a directory. Path names Storage locations can be specified either as absolute (including the entire path) or rela- tive paths (including only subfolders of the current folder).
  • Page 919 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results POINt Uses a point as decimal separator, e.g. 4.05. *RST: *RST has no effect on the decimal separator. Default is POINt. Example: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN Sets the decimal point as separator. Manual operation: "Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File"...
  • Page 920 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Parameters: <Directory> String containing the path and directory. If you leave out the path, the command returns the contents of the directory selected with MMEMory:CDIRectory on page 920. The path may be relative or absolute. Using wildcards ('*') is possible to query a certain type of files only.
  • Page 921 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results The command is useful for reading stored settings files or trace data from the instru- ment or for transferring them to the instrument Parameters: <Data> <block_data> Data block with the following structure. Hash sign.
  • Page 922 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Parameters: <FileName> String containing the path and file name of the source file. <FileName> String containing the path and name of the target file. Example: MMEM:MOVE 'C:\TEST01.CFG','SETUP.CFG' Renames TEST01.CFG in SETUP.CFG in directory C:\. MMEMory:MSIS <Drive>...
  • Page 923 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:NETWork:MAP <FilePath>, <IP>[, <UserName>, <Password>, <State>] This command maps a drive to a server or server directory of the network. Note that you have to allow sharing for a server or folder in Microsoft networks first. Parameters: <FilePath>...
  • Page 924 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results 11.9.2 Selecting the Items to Store The following commands select the items to be included in the configuration file. Depending on the used command, either the items from the entire instrument (MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]...), or only those from the currently selected channel setup (MMEM:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]...) are stored.
  • Page 925 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:HWSettings <State> MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings <State> This command includes or excludes measurement (hardware) settings when storing or loading a configuration file. Measurement settings include: ● general channel configuration ● measurement hardware configuration including markers ●...
  • Page 926 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results ● Transducers: on page 926 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL Example: MMEM:SEL:NONE Manual operation: "Items:" on page 463 MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram <State> MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:SGRam <State> MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram <State> MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SGRam <State> This command includes or excludes spectrogram data when storing or loading a con- figuration file.
  • Page 927 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results 11.9.3 Storing and Loading Instrument Settings See also: ● on page 622 to select the channel setup. INSTrument[:SELect] .....................927 MMEMory:CLEar:ALL ....................927 MMEMory:CLEar:STATe ....................927 MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO ....................928 MMEMory:LOAD:STATe ....................929 MMEMory:LOAD:TYPE ..................
  • Page 928 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,'C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user\TEST' Manual operation: "Startup Recall" on page 464 MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <1>, <FileName> This command restores and activates the instrument configuration stored in a *.dfl file. Note that files with other formats cannot be loaded with this command. The contents that are reloaded from the file are defined by the last selection made either in the "Save/Recall"...
  • Page 929 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: MMEM:SEL:ALL //Save all items (User Settings, All Traces, All Limit Lines) from the R&S FPL1000. MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user\TEST01' //Reloads all items In the "Recall" dialog, select only "User Settings" and "All Limit Lines".
  • Page 930 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: INST:SEL 'SPECTRUM2' //Selects channel setup 'SPECTRUM2'. MMEM:STOR:TYP CHAN //Specifies that channel setup data is to be stored. MMEM:STOR:STAT 1, 'C:\Analyzer\Spectrum' //Stores the settings from channel setup //'SPECTRUM2' to the file 'C:\Analyzer\Spectrum'. MMEM:LOAD:TYPE NEW //Specifies that channel setups are to be loaded //in a new channel setup.
  • Page 931 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TYPE <Type> This command defines whether the data from the entire instrument or only from the current channel setup is stored with the subsequent MMEM:STOR... command. Suffix: <1|2> irrelevant Parameters: <Type> INSTrument | CHANnel INSTrument Stores data from the entire instrument.
  • Page 932 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results 11.9.4 Storing or Printing Screenshots Useful commands to configure screenshots described elsewhere ● on page 922 MMEMory:NAME Remote commands exclusive to configuring screenshots ......................932 DISPlay:LOGO ......................933 HCOPy:ABORt ......................933 HCOPy:CONTent ..................933 HCOPy:CMAP<it>:DEFault<ci>...
  • Page 933 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:ABORt This command aborts a running hardcopy output. Example: HCOP:ABOR HCOPy:CONTent <arg0> This command determines the type of content included in the printout. Parameters: <arg0> WINDows | HCOPy WINDows Includes only the selected windows in the printout. All currently active windows for the current channel setup (or "MultiView") are available for selection.
  • Page 934 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results <ci> See table below HCOP:CMAP:DEF2 Example: Selects the optimized color set for the color settings of a print- out. Manual operation: "Print Colors" on page 508 Gui setting Description Remote command "Screen Colors (Print)"...
  • Page 935 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results ON | 1 Color printing OFF | 0 Black and white printing *RST: Example: HCOP:DEV:COL ON HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> <arg0> This command selects the file format for a print job. Suffix: <1|2> Irrelevant. Parameters: <arg0>...
  • Page 936 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Suffix: <1|2> Irrelevant. Suffix 2 is not allowed Manual operation: "Print" on page 476 HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT <arg0> This command defines a comment to be added to the printout. Suffix: <1|2> Parameters: <arg0> String containing the comment.
  • Page 937 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:PAGE:MARGin<1|2>:LEFT <arg0> This command defines the margin at the left side of the printout page on which no ele- ments are printed. The margins are defined according to HCOPy:PAGE: on page 937. MARGin<1|2>:UNIT Suffix: <1|2>...
  • Page 938 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Suffix: <1|2> Irrelevant. Parameters: <arg0> MM | IN millimeters inches *RST: Example: HCOP:PAGE:MARG2:BOTT 2 Manual operation: "Margins" on page 480 HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> <arg0> The command selects the page orientation of the printout. The command is only available if the output device is a printer or a PDF file.
  • Page 939 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results *RST: HCOP:CONT WIND Example: HCOP:PAGE:WIND2:CHAN 'IQ Analyzer',0 HCOP:PAGE:WIND2:STAT 'IQ Analyzer','1',1 Prints only window 1 in the IQ Analyzer channel setup. Manual operation: "Print Multiple Windows" on page 473 HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:COUNt <arg0> This command defines how many windows are displayed on a single page of the print- out for on page 933.
  • Page 940 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:STATe <arg0>, <arg1>, <arg2> This command selects the windows to be included in the printout for HCOPy:CONTent on page 933. Suffix: <1|2> irrelevant Parameters: <arg0> String containing the name of the channel setup. For a list of available channel setup types use INSTrument: on page 620.
  • Page 941 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results To query the name of other installed printers, use SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter: on page 941. ENUMerate[:NEXT] Manual operation: "Printer Name" on page 478 SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT] This command queries the name of available printers. You have to use on page 940 SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt for this command to work properly.
  • Page 942 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results FORMat:DEXPort:HEADer <State> If enabled, additional instrument and measurement settings are included in the header of the export file for result data. If disabled, only the pure result data from the selected traces and tables is exported.
  • Page 943 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Note that, depending on the size of the history buffer, the process of exporting the data can take a while. Suffix: <n> Window Parameters: <FileName> String containing the path and name of the target file. Example: MMEM:STOR:SGR 'Spectrogram' Copies the spectrogram data to a file.
  • Page 944 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results .....................950 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGesize .................951 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe ..................951 HCOPy:TREPort:PCOLors[:STATe] .................951 HCOPy:TREPort:TDSTamp[:STATe] ..................951 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:REMove ................952 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:REMove:ALL ....................952 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe ..................953 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe HCOPy:MODE <Mode> Selects the output of the command. HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>] Parameters: <Mode> SCReen HCOPy:IMMediate prints the current screen contents. REPort HCOPy:IMMediate generates a measurement report.
  • Page 945 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Example: HCOP:TREP:DESC 'A short summary of the test report.' Adds a description to the test report. HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:DEFault This command restores the default configuration of the test report regarding the infor- mation that is part of the report. It also restores the default names of the measurement information titles.
  • Page 946 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results You can define up to 6 items in the header. on page 946 to define HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:TITLe custom titles for each item. to select the condition HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:CONTrol under which each item is shown. Suffix: <line>...
  • Page 947 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: "Title" on page 493 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:STATe <State> This command includes or excludes the complete set of measurement information from the test report. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:HEAD:STAT ON Includes the measurement information in the test report.
  • Page 948 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: "Logo" on page 494 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO:CONTrol <Repetition> This command selects how often the logo is displayed in the document. Parameters: <Repetition> GLOBal The selected header line is displayed at the top of every page of the report.
  • Page 949 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Table 11-10: Available <ChannelTypes> <ChannelType> Description Spectrum Table 11-11: Available <items> in spectrum application <Item> Description Default DIAGram Screenshot of the scan results. MARKers Contents of the marker table. PEAKlist Contents of the peak list. RSUMmary Contents of the result summary.
  • Page 950 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:LOAD <Template> This command loads a test report template. Parameters: <Template> String containing the name of the template. Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:TEMP:LOAD 'myTemplate' Loads a test report template. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Load" on page 496 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:SAVE <Template>...
  • Page 951 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Document pages have a US letter size. *RST: Example: HCOP:TREP:PAG A4 Selects the A4 size for the document. Manual operation: "Page format" on page 488 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe <State> This command includes or excludes page number from the test report. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 952 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results Note that the command only deletes datasets as a whole (= complete chapters). Delet- ing individual items of a dataset is not possible. Set # 1 Set # 2 Subset Subset Set # 1 = Number of the dataset would be "1".
  • Page 953 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe <State> This command includes or excludes the title page from the test report. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: HCOP:TREP:TITL:STAT OFF Removes the title page from the test report. 11.9.7 Examples: Managing Data ●...
  • Page 954 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Managing Settings and Results //and removes it from the instrument hard disk. MMEM:RDIR 'C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\Results' //Deletes the directory called 'Results' from drive C:, unless it still //contains any content. //-----Disconnecting the network drive--- MMEM:NETW:DISC 'Q:' //Disconnect drive Q:. 11.9.7.2 Loading Data MMEM:CDIR?

  • Page 955: Configuring The R&S Fpl1000

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 //to a new channel. The new channel is named 'Spectrum2' to avoid a naming conflict //with the existing 'Spectrum' channel. INST:REN 'Spectrum2','Spectrum3' //Renames the loaded channel to 'Spectrum3'. 11.10 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 The remote commands required to set up the R&S FPL1000 are described here.
  • Page 956 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 ................957 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] ................958 DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult? ................958 SOURce<si>:TEMPerature:FRONtend CALibration[:ALL] [<CalState>] This command initiates a calibration (self-alignment) routine and queries if calibration was successful. During the acquisition of correction data the instrument does not accept any remote control commands.
  • Page 957 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Before you can use the command, you have to feed in a calibration signal with on page 957. DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] Parameters: <Frequency> Possible frequencies of the calibration signal are fix. If you define a frequency that is not available, the R&S FPL1000 uses the next available frequency.
  • Page 958 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Manual operation: "NONE" on page 520 "Calibration Frequency RF" on page 520 DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult? This command queries the self-test results. Return values: <Results> String of data containing the results. The rows of the self-test result table are separated by commas. Example: DIAG:SERV:STES:RES? would return, e.g.
  • Page 959 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 ................ 960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA ..............960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete ..............960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing ..............961 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect ..............961 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe] .................961 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT ..................962 MMEMory:LOAD<n>:TFACtor ..................962 MMEMory:STORe<n>:TFACtor [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe] <State> This command turns an automatic adjustment of the reference level to the transducer on and off.
  • Page 960 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent <Comment> This command defines the comment for the selected transducer factor. Before you can use the command, you have to select and turn on a transducer. Parameters: <Comment> *RST: (empty comment) Manual operation: "Comment"...
  • Page 961 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <ScalingType> LINear | LOGarithmic *RST: LINear Manual operation: "X-Axis Scaling" on page 529 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect <Name> This command selects a transducer factor. Parameters: <Name> String containing the name of the transducer factor. If the name does not exist yet, the R&S FPL1000 creates a transducer factor by that name.
  • Page 962 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 String Unit 'DBUV/M' dBμV/m (Requires R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) 'DBUA' dBμA 'DBUA/M' dBμA/m (Requires R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) 'DBPW' dBpW 'DBPT' dBpT MMEMory:LOAD<n>:TFACtor <FileName> Loads the transducer factor from the selected file in .CSV format. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 963 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 11.10.4.1 General Display Settings and Items The following commands add, remove or customize general display and screen ele- ments. Useful commands for general display settings described elsewhere ● on page 846 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:MTABle Remote commands exclusive to general display settings .....................
  • Page 964 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Example: DISP:ANN:FREQ OFF Manual operation: "Diagram Footer (Annotation)" on page 505 DISPlay:SBAR[:STATe] <State> This command turns the status bar on and off. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 965 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 FRAMe Touch screen is inactivate for the diagram area of the screen, but active for softkeys, toolbars and menus. *RST: Example: DISP:TOUC:STAT ON Manual operation: "Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen" on page 503 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TIME <State>...
  • Page 966 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Manual operation: "Front Panel" on page 506 "Mini Front Panel" on page 506 11.10.4.2 Colors and Themes Useful commands to customize display colors described elsewhere The HCOPY commands define the print colors and thus only take effect on the display colors, if the display shows the printing colors.
  • Page 967 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Return values: <Themes> String containing all available display themes. Example: DISP:THEMe:CAT? Usage: Query only DISPlay:THEMe:SELect <Theme> This command selects the display theme. Parameters: <Theme> String containing the name of the theme. *RST: Example: DISP:THEM:SEL "OceanBlue"...
  • Page 968 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Remote commands exclusive to configuring a network and remote control ............... 968 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess ............968 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator ....................969 SYSTem:DISPlay:LOCK ....................969 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ....................969 SYSTem:ERRor:DISPlay ....................969 SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory ..................... 969 SYSTem:IDENtify[:STRing] ......................970 SYSTem:KLOCk .......................970 SYSTem:LANGuage...
  • Page 969 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:DISPlay:LOCK <State> Defines whether the "Display Update" function remains available in remote operation or not. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 The function remains available. ON | 1 The function is not available and the display is not updated dur- ing remote operation.
  • Page 970 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: <String> String containing the description of the instrument. Manual operation: "Identification String" on page 582 SYSTem:KLOCk <State> This command activates the local lockout (remote control) or returns to the local mode. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 971 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:LXI:LANReset This command resets the LAN configuration as required by the LXI standard. The com- mand also resets the LXI password and instrument description. Manual operation: "LAN Reset" on page 588 SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription <Description>...
  • Page 972 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 ....................974 SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? ....................974 SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? ....................975 SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate ....................975 SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt DIAGnostic:SERVice:BATTery:LEVel? Queries the current charge state of the optional battery packs. Return values: <ChargeState> numeric value Charge state in percent Range: 0 to 100 Example: DIAG:SERV:BATT:LEV?
  • Page 973 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 DIAGnostic:SERVice:VERSinfo? This command queries information about the hardware and software components. Return values: <Information> String containing the version of hardware and software compo- nents including the types of licenses for installed options. Example: DIAG:SERV:VERS? Queries the version information.
  • Page 974 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Example: SYST:ERR:EXT? ALL Returns all messages for the currently active application, e.g. "Message 1","Message 2". Example: SYST:ERR:EXT? FAT,'Spectrum2' Queries fatal errors in the 'Spectrum2' application. If none have occurred, the result is: " ". Usage: Query only SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? [<MessType>]...
  • Page 975 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate <Directory> This command starts a firmware update using the *.msi files in the selected directory. The default path is D:\FW_UPDATE. The path is changed via the MMEMory:COMMent command. To store the update files the command is used.
  • Page 976 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Manual operation: "Service Function" on page 521 "Send" on page 521 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:LASTresult? This command queries the results of the most recent service function you have used. Return values: <xxx> Usage: Query only DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:DELete This command deletes the results of the most recent service function you have used.

  • Page 977: Emulating Other Instruments' Commands

    ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Manual operation: "Create R&S Support Information" on page 518 SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] <arg0> Provides a password for subsequent service functions. Parameters: <arg0> string Example: SYST:PASS:CEN '894129' Manual operation: "Password" on page 522 SYSTem:PASSword:RESet Clears any previously provided password and returns to the most restrictive service level.
  • Page 978 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands ● span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) and ● resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth (RBW/VBW) This command is only available if a HP language is selected using SYSTem:LANGuage on page 978. Parameters: <CouplingType>...
  • Page 979 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands The option is indicated as "B7J" The 40 MHz wideband is used. The option is indicated as "B7J, 140". HIGH The 80 MHz wideband is used. The option is indicated as "B7J, 122". *RST: SYSTem:REVision[:STRing] <Name>...
  • Page 980 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands 11.11.2 Reference: GPIB Commands of Emulated HP Models The R&S FPL1000 analyzer family supports a subset of the GPIB commands of HP models 8560E, 8561E, 8562E, 8563E, 8564E, 8565E, 8566A, 8566B, 8568A, 8568B and 8594E.
  • Page 981 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models ABORT Stop previous function HP 856xE/ available ABORT HP 8566B/HP 8568B/HP 8594E HP 8566B/ available HP 8568B/ HP 8594E ADJALL ADJALL Adjust all HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/...
  • Page 982 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models AUNITS AUNITS DBM | DBMV | Amplitude Units HP 856xE/ available DBUV | HP 8566B/ AUNITS? HP 8568B/ HP 8594E AUTOCPL AUTOCPL Coupling default HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/...
  • Page 983 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models A-B -> A HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Couple Attenuation HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A CAL ALL Start analyzer self align- HP 856xE/ available ment CAL ON...
  • Page 984 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Couple SWT HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Convert to absolute units HP 8566B/ available HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Couple VBW HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Display Size normal HP 8566A/...
  • Page 985 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models DLE ON|OFF Display Line enable HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E DONE DONE Done query HP 856xE/ available DONE? HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Write to display and...
  • Page 986 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models FA <numeric_value> HZ| Start Frequency HP 8566A/ available KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A/ FA UP HP 856xE/ FA DN HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E FB <numeric_value>...
  • Page 987 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models GD <numeric_value> HP 856xE/ available US|MS|SC HP 8566B/ GD DN HP 8568B/ GD UP HP 8594E GL <numeric_value> HP 856xE/ available US|MS|SC HP 8566B/ GL DN HP 8568B/ GL UP...
  • Page 988 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models KS= <numeric_value> Marker Frequency Coun- HP 8566A/ available ter Resolution HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A KS= DN KS= UP KS=? Manual Peaking HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Lock register HP 8566A/...
  • Page 989 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Band lock off HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Fast Preset HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A KSV <numeric_value> Frequency Offset HP 8566A/ available HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ HP 8568A KSV? Error Correction Routine...
  • Page 990 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Character display on HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Create service request HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Band lock on HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Signal ident on HP 8566A/ available...
  • Page 991 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Amplitude Scale Lin HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E Marker Off HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Marker Normal HP 8566A/ available M2 <numeric_value>...
  • Page 992 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models MKA <numeric_value> Marker Amplitude HP 856xE/ available MKA? HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E MKACT MKACT 1 Select the active marker HP 856xE/ not available MKACT? HP 8566B/...
  • Page 993 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models MKFCR Frequency Counter Res- HP 856xE/ available MKFCR <numeric_value> olution HP 8566B/ HZ|KHZ| MHZ|GHZ HP 8568B/ MKFCR DN HP 8594E MKFCR UP MKFCR? MKMIN MKMIN Marker ->...
  • Page 994 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models MKPX MKPX <numeric_value> Peak Excursion HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ MKPX DN HP 8568B/ MKPX UP HP 8594E MKPX? MKRL MKRL Ref Level = Marker HP 856xE/ available Level...
  • Page 995 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Marker Track Off HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Marker Track On HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A MXMH MXMH TRA|TRB Maximum Hold HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/...
  • Page 996 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models PH_FMAX Max offset frequency to HP 856xE available be measured PH_MKA Queries amplitude at the HP 856xE available spot frequency PH_DRIFT 0: for stable signals, 1: HP 856xE available for drifty...
  • Page 997 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Preselector Peaking HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A PRINT Hardcopy HP 856xE/ available PRINT PRINT 1|0 HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E PSDAC Preselector DAC value HP 856xE/ available PSDAC...
  • Page 998 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models RCLS RCLS <numeric_value> Recall State Register HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E RCLT RCLT TRA|TRB, <num- Recall Trace HP856xE/ available ber>...
  • Page 999 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models Continuous Sweep HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A Single Sweep HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A SADD add a limit line segment HP 856xE available SAVES SAVES Save State Register...
  • Page 1000 ® Remote Commands R&S FPL1000 Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HP- Status Models SRCPOFS Source Power Offset HP 856xE/ not available SRCPOFS <numeric_value> DB | HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ SRCPOFS DN HP 8594E SRCPOFS UP SRCPOFS? SRCPWR Source Power HP 856xE/...

Table of Contents